Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Crown Resorts Ltd

Crown Resorts Ltd

cwn · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cwn
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Crown Resorts Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Crown Limited
Annual Report 2012

Australia’s Leading 
Integrated Resort Company

Crown Limited ABN 39 125 709 953

Annual General Meeting
Tuesday 30 October 2012  
10.00 am (Perth time) 
Astral Ballroom, Convention Centre 
Crown Perth, Great Eastern Highway, Perth

Financial Calendar
Record date for dividend – 28 September 2012 
Payment of final dividend – 12 October 2012
Annual General Meeting – 30 October 2012
2013 interim results – February 2013

Crown has created two  
of Australia’s premier  
tourism assets, cementing 
our position as one of the 
region’s leading operators  
of integrated resorts.

1
Executive  
Chairman’s Letter

6
Chief Executive  
Officer’s Report

8
Portfolio of Integrated  
Resort Assets

10
Crown Melbourne

14
Crown Perth

18
Melco Crown  
Entertainment

20
Aspinall’s Club

20
Other  
Investments

21
Sustainability  
Report

52
Remuneration  
Report

77
Financial  
Report

29
Corporate Governance 
Statement

73
Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration

134
Shareholder  
Information

38
Nevada Information  
Statement

74
Independent Auditor’s 
Report

136
Additional  
Information

42
Directors’ Statutory  
Report

76
Directors’  
Declaration

137
Corporate  
Information

Executive Chairman’s Letter

“ Our goal is to make 
Crown a leading 
global luxury brand.”

James Packer
Executive Chairman
Crown Limited

Dear fellow shareholders,

I am pleased to present Crown Limited’s 2012 Annual Report.

For the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2012, Crown announced a net profi t 
of $513.3 million, an increase of 53% on 2011. A fi nal dividend of 19 cents 
per share, franked to 50%, was announced, bringing the total dividend for 
the year to 37 cents per share.

Overall, this was a solid result given softening domestic consumer sentiment 
and disruptions due to refurbishments at our Australian resorts. Despite 
ongoing weakness in the tourism sector over the last year, Crown 
demonstrated that, by providing fi rst class facilities, we can continue 
to attract a greater number of domestic and international visitors. Crown 
also benefi ted from Melco Crown Entertainment’s strong result in Macau.

Crown remains focused on delivering the highest quality service in all 
segments of our business and investing in our employees, who are our 
most valuable asset. We also continue to invest in Australia’s tourism 
infrastructure, demonstrating our confi dence in the future of Australia’s 
economy and in the ability of our integrated resorts to effectively compete 
as world-class tourist destinations.

Specifi cally, Crown has shown its long-term commitment to Perth with our 
decision to re-brand Burswood to Crown Perth, enabling the property to 
leverage off our internationally recognised Crown brand. In addition, we are 
investing $568 million in the development of a new six-star, luxury hotel, to 
be known as Crown Towers Perth. The 500-room luxury hotel will add to the 
accommodation offerings at Crown Perth and will be a major boost to the 
local economy . 

In the year ahead, we will be focusing on the performance of Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth and management of their capital expenditure 
projects. We will continue to work with Melco Crown Entertainment on 
opportunities for further development of this business in Macau and the 
region. We are also looking forward to working exclusively with Lend Lease 
in relation to the proposed development of a world-class, six-star hotel resort 
at Barangaroo South in Sydney.

To ensure that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth remain among Australia’s 
most visited tourist destinations, we will continue to work closely with 
governments at all levels, as well as our other stakeholders.

On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Crown’s management and staff 
for their valued contributions during 2012. I would also like to thank you 
for your continued support and interest as a shareholder of Crown Limited.

Yours faithfully,

James Packer

Executive Chairman
Crown Limited

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

1

Hotels

The fi ve hotels at Crown’s two integrated resorts 
offer guests premium to luxury accommodation with 
world-class amenities that include swimming pools, 
day spas, and luxury villas. With over one million guest 
nights1 this year, Crown’s hotels provided our local, 
interstate and international guests with an excellent 
range of accommodation options.

2

1.  Guest nights is the sum of the number of nights stayed by each guest.

Dining

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth offer customers 
a full range of dining experiences, and this year served 
over 14 million meals to our customers. There is a wide 
range of cuisines, and customers can choose to dine at 
any one of our numerous cafés and casual restaurants, 
while for that special occasion, both properties have 
outstanding premium restaurants.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

3

Gaming

Crown’s integrated resorts provide guests with 
gaming experiences that offer everything from 
exclusive VIP salons for international guests 
to the vibrant and exciting main gaming fl oor.

Entertainment

Our entertainment venues and programs continue to 
attract audiences and entertainers from throughout 
Australia and from around the world. With events 
including rock concerts, musicals, ballets, live theatre 
and comedy acts, there is always something to 
appeal to every taste.

4

Shopping

Crown’s collection of the world’s leading 
designers – including Louis Vuitton, Prada, 
Burberry, Bvlgari, Versace and Omega – 
offers the ultimate shopping experience.

Events

Crown’s outstanding event facilities can host everything 
from large-scale corporate conferences to exclusive 
meetings, gala events, weddings and banquets. Our 
facilities include ballrooms, conference centres and 
meeting rooms that can be confi gured according to 
requirements, ensuring that each guest experiences 
an impressive and memorable occasion.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

5

Chief Executive Offi cer’s Report

The signifi cant capital expenditure program has 
ensured that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth 
continue to be two of Australia’s premier tourist 
destinations. Our growth capital expenditure is 
progressively delivering benefi ts, and is expected 
to be earnings and value accretive for shareholders.
Rowen Craigie  Chief Executive Offi cer  Crown Limited

Overview
Crown reported a normalised net profi t after tax (NPAT)1 
of $415.0 million for the 12 months ended 30 June 2012, 
an increase of 22% on 2011. Crown Melbourne and Crown 
Perth achieved normalised revenue growth of 8.9% and 
normalised EBITDA growth of 5.1%. Crown’s operating cash 
fl ow was $570.7 million for the 12 months, and net debt, 
excluding working capital cash, was $1,688.7 million at 
30 June 2012.

Performance for the year ended 30 June 2012 

($m)1

Group revenue

Expenditure

EBITDA2

EBIT3

Normalised net profi t after tax

Reported net profi t

1.  Normalised 
2.  Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation
3.  Earnings before interest and tax

2,727.5

(2,005.5)

722.0

503.7

415.0

513.3

From fi nancial year 2007 to date, more than $2.0 billion 
of capital expenditure has been undertaken across both 
Australian properties, reinforcing our position as one of 
the region’s leading operators of integrated resorts. 
The complex-wide capital projects completed at Crown 
Melbourne have included the expansion and redevelopment 
of our world-class VIP facilities, the upgrade of our premium 
gaming facilities with the opening of the new Mahogany 
Room, the construction of Crown Metropol Melbourne, 
and the redevelopment and expansion of the West End 
entertainment precinct. At Crown Perth, completed projects 
have included the expansion of the main gaming fl oor, 
signifi cant extension and refurbishment of the VIP facilities, 
and the extensive upgrade and expansion of the food 
and beverage offering.

Ongoing projects include the refurbishment of the main 
gaming fl oor at Crown Melbourne, completion of the 
renovation of Crown Metropol Perth, the construction 
of Crown Perth’s multi-storey car park, and the planning 
for Crown Towers Perth.

The signifi cant capital expenditure program has ensured 
that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth continue to be 
two of Australia’s premier tourism destinations, capable of 
competing with the best in the Asian region. The investment 
in growth capital expenditure is progressively delivering 
benefi ts and is expected to be earnings and value accretive 
for shareholders. 

The re-branding of Burswood to Crown Perth, so as to 
align it with the internationally recognised Crown brand, 
is expected to increase the number of international and 
interstate visitors to Perth, especially from the strategically 
important China market.

An Exclusive Dealing Agreement was signed with Lend 
Lease Corporation Limited (LLC) in relation to a proposed 
development of a world-class, six-star hotel resort at 
Barangaroo South in Sydney. The Exclusive Dealing 
Agreement provides Crown with the right to work exclusively 
with LLC for up to twenty-four months to reach agreement 
on certain key milestones for the hotel resort and to obtain 
the necessary approvals for the project, including those 
from the Barangaroo Delivery Authority and the New South 
Wales Government.

Crown holds 10% of the shares of Echo Entertainment Group 
Limited (EGP), and has applied to the New South Wales and 
Queensland gaming regulators for approval to acquire more 
than 10% of EGP, subject to a condition that Crown not 
acquire more than 25% of shares in EGP without fi rst seeking 
further approval from the gaming regulators. A decision is yet 
to be made about granting Crown’s application.

Internationally, the results from our Macau joint venture, 
Melco Crown Entertainment, were strong and were a major 
contributor to the growth in NPAT for the Group.

1.  Normalised Net Profi t After Tax represents results that have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play.

6

Australian Integrated Resorts
Overall, the results for Crown’s wholly-owned Australian 
casinos, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, were mixed. 
During the year, we saw reasonable revenue growth at both 
properties, although in some areas this was offset by higher 
operating costs. At Crown Melbourne, in particular, we saw 
a softening of activity in some segments of main fl oor gaming 
and non-gaming operations in the second half of the year, as 
well as the effects on operating margins of disruption due to 
refurbishments. Crown Perth benefi ted from the completion 
of some of the capital refurbishment projects at the property, 
especially the VIP facilities.

Across the two properties, normalised main fl oor gaming 
revenue grew by 6.6%, VIP program play turnover grew 
by 18.7%, and non-gaming revenue grew by 5.1%.

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was 
$510.6 million, up 1% on the prior corresponding period 
(pcp). Reported EBITDA for the period was $564.2 million, 
up 10.4% or $53.1 million on the pcp. This refl ected an 
above theoretical win rate of 1.50%, which generated a 
positive EBITDA variance of $53.6 million, compared to 
a positive EBITDA variance of $5.4 million in the pcp 
when the win rate was 1.37%.

A more detailed report on Crown Melbourne appears later 
in this Annual Report.

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $226.3 million, 
up 15.9% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA for the period 
was $270.9 million, up 53.7% or $94.7 million on the pcp. 
This refl ected an above theoretical win rate of 1.84% which 
generated a positive EBITDA variance of $44.6 million, 
compared to a negative EBITDA variance of $19.0 million 
in the pcp when the win rate was 1.10%.

A more detailed report on Crown Perth appears later 
in this Annual Report.

Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE)
MCE reported strong results for the twelve months to 30 June 
2012. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result for the year was 
an equity accounted profi t of $135.8 million. Crown’s share 
of MCE’s normalised result for the period was a profi t of 
$92.1 million, after adjusting for an above theoretical win rate.

This solid result for MCE was primarily driven by improved 
operating performance in all major segments. There was 
an increase in gaming volumes, signifi cant improvements in 
mass table games hold percentages, as well as increasing 
contributions from the hotel, food and beverage, and 
entertainment segments. 

The Macau gaming market, as a whole, continued to show 
strong growth, with gross gaming revenues up 29% during 
the period. In the six months to June 2012, gross gaming 
revenues were up 19% year-on-year, although VIP revenue 
growth slowed.

Additional information about MCE and Crown’s other 
investments appears later in this Annual Report.

Outlook
We remain focused on maximising the performance of our 
Australian operations and we will endeavour to minimise the 
disruption to customers from our capital expenditure program. 
We have strengthened our Asian VIP sales force and will 
continue to promote Crown to the region’s VIP market.

We will also continue to work closely with MCE to further 
build the value of MCE’s businesses. 

I would like to sincerely thank the Board for its support, 
and all management and staff for their efforts in 2012.

Rowen Craigie 
Chief Executive Offi cer

Figure 1
Crown Melbourne
Normalised Revenue and EBITDA Performance

Figure 2
Crown Perth
Normalised Revenue and EBITDA Performance

m
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

FY99

FY00

FY01

FY02

FY03

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

FY12

1800

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

m
$
e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

m
$
A
D
T
I
B
E
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

250

200

150

100

50

0

FY99

FY00

FY01

FY02

FY03

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

FY12

800

640

480

320

160

0

m
$
e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

Normalised EBITDA before Crown ownership

Normalised EBITDA since change in ownership

Normalised Revenue

Figures 1 and 2 show a year by year comparison of the normalised revenue and EBITDA at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth respectively.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

7
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio of integrated resort assets

Melbourne 
100% owned

Perth 
100% owned

Macau 
33.6% interest
(as at 30 June 2012)

8

Our goal is to create integrated resorts capable 
of competing with the best in the Asian region.

  CROWN MELBOURNE
 (cid:122) Crown Melbourne operates 2,500 gaming 
machines and has approval to operate 
500 table games.

 (cid:122) Crown Towers Melbourne hotel has 

480 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Crown Metropol Melbourne hotel has 

658 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Crown Promenade Melbourne hotel has 

465 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Crown Conference Centre has 7,350 square 
metres of conference and meeting facilities, 
across three fl oors.

 (cid:122) Banqueting facilities include the Palladium’s 

1,500-seat ballroom and the Palms’ 900-seat 
cabaret venue.

 (cid:122) A broad selection of restaurants and bars 

are provided in the complex, including many 
of Melbourne’s fi nest.

 (cid:122) Internationally recognised designer boutiques 

and retail outlets.

 (cid:122) Entertainment facilities include a multi-screen 
cinema complex, a bowling alley, and an 
interactive gaming auditorium.

 (cid:122) Two luxurious day spas.

  CROWN PERTH
 (cid:122) Crown Perth has approval to operate 2,000 
gaming machines and 220 table games.

 (cid:122) Crown Metropol Perth hotel (formerly 
InterContinental Perth Burswood) has 
395 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Large-scale entertainment facilities include 
the 20,000-seat Crown Perth Dome and 
2,300-seat Crown Theatre Perth.

 (cid:122) World-class conventions and events facilities.

 (cid:122) Twenty-seven restaurants and bars and 

 (cid:122) Crown Promenade Perth hotel (formerly Holiday 

a nightclub.

Inn Burswood) has 291 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Luxury day spa and retail outlets.

  CITY OF DREAMS
 (cid:122) City of Dreams operates more than 

1,350 gaming machines and approximately 
440 table games.

 (cid:122) Crown Towers Macau hotel has approximately 

300 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Hard Rock hotel has approximately 

300 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) Grand Hyatt hotel has approximately 

800 guest rooms.

 (cid:122) More than twenty restaurants and bars.

 (cid:122) Wide range of retail brands.

 (cid:122) Iconic and spectacular show – Franco 

Dragone’s ‘The House of Dancing Water’ 
in the Theatre of Dreams.

 (cid:122) Other key attractions include The Bubble 
audio-visual experience and Club Cubic.

  ALTIRA
 (cid:122) The casino and hotel feature approximately 
180 table games and approximately 200 
guest rooms.

  MOCHA CLUBS
 (cid:122) A network of gaming lounges, with 

approximately 1,600 gaming machines.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012 

|  Australia’s Integrated Resort Company

9

Crown Melbourne

The scale and quality of our extensive 
refurbishment program has further 
enhanced Crown Melbourne’s reputation 
as a world-class integrated resort.
Greg Hawkins  Chief Executive Offi cer  Crown Melbourne

Overview
Crown Melbourne is Australia’s leading integrated resort, 
welcoming approximately 18 million local, interstate, and 
international visitors each year. The 550,000 square metre 
complex includes high-end retail outlets, premium and 
casual restaurants and cafés, gaming options, the Palladium 
ballroom, a world-class convention centre, a cinema complex, 
nightclubs, live entertainment venues, and three hotels with 
more than 1,600 premium to luxury guest rooms.

Crown Melbourne is also Victoria’s largest single-site, 
private sector employer, with more than 8,800 people 
employed on site.

In this fi nancial year, normalised revenue grew by 7.6% and 
normalised EBITDA grew by 1.0%. The growth in revenue 
was largely attributable to increased main fl oor gaming and 
VIP activity. EBITDA growth was less than revenue growth 
due to higher VIP costs, the effects of refurbishment 
disruptions, an increase in gaming machine tax, and 
higher fi xed costs associated with the expanded footprint 
of the property in advance of the full benefi ts of the 
upgrade being realised.

Main gaming fl oor revenue grew by 6.6% for the year to 
$991.9 million and normalised VIP program play revenue 
increased by 15.0% to $481.0 million on turnover of 
$35.6 billion. The growth in VIP program play is attributable 
to the success of Crown’s continuing strategy to source 
new customers from China, combined with its excellent 
VIP facilities.

Non-gaming revenue grew 1.9% to $372.1 million. 
Closures and disruptions during the refurbishment of a 
number of Crown Melbourne’s key bars and restaurants 
had a signifi cant effect on non-gaming activity. Two of 
these, Atrium Bar and Conservatory restaurant, were 
closed for a number of months, and since re-opening in 
June, have proven to be extremely popular with customers.

Crown Melbourne Property Update 
Developments and changes continued throughout the 
property, the most notable of which were the extensive 
refurbishment and expansion of the Mahogany Room 
and the signifi cant redevelopment of the West End.

Work on the Mahogany Room was completed in October 
2011. The extension includes world-class gaming facilities, 
a new Mahogany Restaurant, and three private gaming 
salons for the exclusive use of Mahogany customers. Taking 
advantage of the site’s superb Yarra River frontage, there 
are now exterior lounge and bar areas that fl ow into the 
naturally-lit gaming fl oors. These refurbishments have 
been very well received by customers. 

Crown Melbourne’s premium facilities were also enhanced 
by the addition of Club 23 and the signifi cant upgrade of 
Level 29. Club 23 is a new and luxurious ultra-lounge with 
an expansive cocktail bar and terrace that provides some 
of the best views of Melbourne, while the refurbishment of 
the gaming salons on Level 29 included the development 
of an intimate 40-seat dining area.

These upgrades ensure that Crown Melbourne continues 
to provide VIP guests with an exclusive experience in one 
of the world’s best VIP gaming facilities. Crown Melbourne’s 
VIP areas continue to receive international recognition. 
This year, Crown Melbourne was awarded the International 
Gaming Awards Casino VIP Room of the Year for its Level 39 
salons, and was a fi nalist in the Victorian Property Council 
awards in the Best Tourism and Leisure Development category. 

At the West End, the gaming fl oor was transformed and now 
includes premium and casual gaming, a variety of excellent 
dining options, live entertainment, and sports streaming. 
This area has become a vibrant and dynamic precinct, 
successfully tailored to appeal to a younger demographic.

10

Mahogany Room, Crown Melbourne

Mahogany Restaurant, Crown Melbourne

The newly-located Crystal Club opened in September 2011, 
offering guests an exclusive executive lounge, complete with 
an al fresco dining experience. The extensively refurbished 
Crown Towers Spa is now one of Melbourne’s most exclusive 
and sophisticated spas, offering dedicated pampering areas 
and treatment rooms for guests, adding to their luxury 
experience at Crown Towers.

Other signifi cant work undertaken this year includes the 
refurbishment of the Monte Carlo gaming room and the 
refurbishment and expansion of Atrium Bar. Renovations to 
the Conservatory restaurant added grandeur and a unique 
English conservatory grace to this popular restaurant. 
This innovative new approach to traditional buffet dining 
has been well received by customers.

A project to rejuvenate the retail promenade was completed 
in November 2011. New and upgraded retail tenancies 
include Nine West, Bvlgari, LK Jewellery, Omega, Forever 
New, and Subway. In addition, signifi cant lighting and 
landscaping upgrades were made to the outdoor riverside 
boulevard, including a public art project titled “The Wall”, 
which was created by local artists under the direction 
of Melbourne artist, Adrian Doyle.

In December 2011, Mings was opened in the space 
previously occupied by the buffet restaurant, Santé. Mings 
is a light-fi lled gaming room, complemented by a popular 
dumpling and noodle bar.

Local Gaming and 
Crown Signature Club
Crown Melbourne continues to invest in new gaming 
products and technology to improve the entertainment 
experience of customers. This year’s new products 
include fully automated Grand Baccarat and multi-wheel 
Rapid Roulette, while new ticket-in ticket-out technology 
complements the range of electronic table games and 
has increased customer satisfaction.

In partnership with Caesar’s Entertainment, Crown 
Melbourne will be hosting the fi rst World Series of Poker 
championship in Australasia. To be held during April 2013, 
this event will be televised on the cable sports channel ESPN.

Crown Melbourne continued to enhance its premium facilities, 
adding gaming machines to VIP gaming rooms and upgrading 
The Riverside Café to offer a full á la carte service. Further 
enhancements to The Riverside Café’s seating and décor 
will be made in the fi rst half of 2013.

The Crown Signature Club loyalty program was expanded 
so that members now enjoy benefi ts beyond Crown, and 
a number of processes were revised to make it easier for 
members to accumulate membership credits. Other benefi ts 
provided to members and their guests included invitations 
to several Crown events, the Spring Racing Carnival, and 
the Australian Open Tennis Championship. 

VIP Program Play
VIP Program Play turnover for the year was $35.6 billion, 
an increase of 15.0% on the previous year. The rate of growth 
of our VIP Program Play turnover slowed in the second half 
of the year, which is consistent with the lower growth rates 
reported in Macau and Singapore over the same period. 

Hotels, Conferences and Retail
This year, Crown Melbourne’s three hotels provided 
over 750,000 guest nights, which is a 6% increase on the 
previous fi nancial year. The Conference Centre hosted over 
580 events, which is a pleasing increase of approximately 
10% on the previous year.

Crown Towers Melbourne was awarded the 2012 Gourmet 
Traveller Reader’s Choice Award for Best Large Luxury Hotel, 
and was a fi nalist in the Tourism Accommodation Australia 
(TAA) State Awards for Excellence – Deluxe Accommodation 
Hotel of the Year.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

11

Crown Melbourne continued

Club 23, Crown Melbourne

Crown Metropol Melbourne pool, Crown Melbourne

Crown Metropol Melbourne was awarded the 2011 Victorian 
Tourism Award for Luxury Accommodation and was a fi nalist 
in the 2011 Best Tourism and Leisure Development, awarded 
by the Property Council of Australia. Developments at Crown 
Metropol Melbourne included the opening of Mr Hive Kitchen 
and Bar in December 2011, the re-launch of “28” (announced 
as a fi nalist in the Hotel Bar of the Year in the 2012 TAA State 
Awards for Excellence) for a broader clientele, and an upgrade 
of the Crown Metropol Melbourne website. In addition, the 
ISIKA Day Spa and Urban Retreat was a nominee for Best 
Spa in the Australian Gourmet Traveller awards.

Crown Promenade Melbourne’s lobby underwent a signifi cant 
upgrade and refurbishment, which included the installation of 
contemporary sculptures and other artworks, along with new 
carpet and furnishings. Crown Promenade Melbourne was 
the winner of the 2012 Superior Accommodation Hotel of the 
Year, and Tonic Bar was a fi nalist in the 2012 Hotel Bar of the 
Year, both awarded by the TAA State Awards for Excellence. 

Two new luxury brands, Bvlgari and Omega, opened at 
Crown Melbourne this year, and LK Boutique expanded and 
moved into a new location. Another three luxury brands have 
been confi rmed to open at Crown Melbourne later this year: 
Hugo Boss, IM Lingerie, and Paspaley Pearls.

Restaurants and Bars
Crown Melbourne expanded its food and beverage offering 
signifi cantly this year with the opening of four new food 
and beverage outlets in the West End. Designed to appeal 
to a younger demographic, these new dining options include: 
The Merrywell, with a contemporary pub menu; Cotta, 
an upmarket café; the Common Room, where guests can 
watch sporting action on any of the twelve TV screens; and 
the Premium Room. Café Baci re-opened after a signifi cant 
refurbishment, and Lucky Chan expanded and moved to 
a more central location.

At the eastern end of the property, the refurbished and 
upgraded Atrium Bar and Conservatory restaurant opened 
in June 2012. Atrium Bar now offers an extensive beverage 
menu and Conservatory has a variety of international 
cuisines available from an array of interactive culinary 
stations. Other developments included a refurbishment 
of Lagerfi eld, an upgrade and expansion to Emporio della 
Pasta, and the conversion of Santé buffet to Mings Dim Sum.

Crown Melbourne’s restaurants and bars continued 
to receive numerous awards. Nobu was awarded 2011 
Best Asian Restaurant, and the Banqueting and Events 
Department was awarded Best Events Caterer, both 
presented by Restaurant & Catering Victoria Awards for 
Excellence. Other awards included both the Australian and 
Victorian George Mure Memorial Professional Development 
Award 2011 for the professional development and training 
of chefs undertaken at Crown Melbourne, as well as the 
Hall of Fame Award 2011, awarded to Crown Melbourne 
by Restaurant & Catering Victoria. Most recently, four of 
Crown Melbourne’s restaurants received awards in the 2012 
Restaurant & Catering Victoria Awards for Excellence: Nobu 
– Best Modern Asian Restaurant; Silks – Best Chinese 
Restaurant; Conservatory – Best New Restaurant; and 
Crown Melbourne’s apprentice chef program won the 
George Mure Memorial Professional Development Award.

Rockpool Bar & Grill was awarded two hats in the recently 
released Age Good Food Guide Awards, whilst both Bistro 
Guillaume and Spice Temple were awarded one hat. Six of 
Crown Melbourne’s restaurants also feature in the guide: 
the Atlantic; Giuseppe Arnaldo & Sons; Koko; Mr Hive; Nobu; 
and Silks. In addition, Spice Temple, Rockpool Bar & Grill, 
Sho Noodle Bar, and The Waiting Room received recognition 
across a number of categories.

12

In conjunction with the Victoria Racing Club and its offi cial 
partners, Crown Melbourne again hosted the offi cial ‘Live 
Site’ on the Crown Riverwalk during the Spring Racing 
Carnival, where an estimated 80,000 people enjoyed 
live entertainment, big screen racing action, give-aways, 
and the Riverside Carnival Bar.

The Palms and Crown Melbourne’s two nightclubs, Co. 
and Fusion, showcased a diverse range of artists, including 
New Kids on the Block, Timomatic, Havanna Brown, Wayne 
Brady, The Voice, Burn the Floor, and Andrew Wishart.

This year, Crown Conference Centre hosted over 580 
conferences, providing a world-class service to more than 
370 businesses and associations who chose to hold their 
events at Crown Melbourne. Notable events included the 
Shell Conference 2012, the Australian Grains Industry 
Conference, the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supply 
Australia (CIPSA) Conference, the Annual Conference of 
the Industrial Electronic Engineers Society, the ANZ Small 
Business Summit, and the Pfi zer National Sales Conference.

Continuing a strong and long-standing partnership, Crown 
Melbourne also participated in the 20th Melbourne Food 
and Wine Festival held at the Royal Exhibition Building. 
The most prestigious event in the festival’s program was the 
Gala Dinner, which was developed by event organisers in 
conjunction with Crown Melbourne who provided food, staff, 
and equipment, as well as arranging for four international 
guest chefs to attend and prepare a three-course meal 
for over 1,000 guests.

Many of Crown Melbourne’s apprentice chefs received 
recognition in a number of awards and competitions, 
including fi rst prize in the Les Toques Blanches Award, the 
2011 La Chaîne des Rôtisseurs Award, the 2011 Thierry 
Marx Award, and the Best 2nd Year Cookery Apprentice. 
Other awards included a silver and a bronze medal in the 
State fi nal of the 2011 AUSTAFE.

In addition, one of Crown Melbourne’s culinary trainers was 
awarded second place in the highly respected Bocuse d’Or 
competition. Crown Melbourne’s external Commercial Cookery 
apprenticeship program won the 2012 Victorian Skills Training 
Awards in the category Apprentice Development and is now 
an entrant in the 2012 Australian Training Awards, the winner 
of which will be announced in November 2012.

Crown remains focused on providing responsible service of 
alcohol in order to ensure a safe and pleasant environment 
for all customers and employees. Demonstrating our ongoing 
diligence in this area, we have increased the number of RSA 
offi cers and continue to provide relevant staff training.

Entertainment and Events
This year, the Palladium ballroom again hosted some of 
Australia’s most notable events, including the 54th TV Week 
Logie Awards, the Cricket Australia Allan Border Medal, 
and the prestigious 2011 Presidents Cup Gala Dinner.

One of the highlights was the hosting of the AFL Brownlow 
Medal at the Palladium, attended by over 900 guests and 
televised live nationally. In September 2011, Crown 
Melbourne and the AFL signed a landmark deal, securing 
the Brownlow Medal at the Palladium for a further six years, 
with this year’s event the fi rst of these.

During Victoria’s annual Spring Racing Carnival, the Palladium 
was home to a number of Victoria Racing Club’s offi cial 
events, including the Crown Oaks Club Ladies Luncheon, 
and the Call of the Card.

The Palladium ballroom, Crown Melbourne

The Merrywell, West End, Crown Melbourne

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

13

Crown Perth

Crown backs Perth with a $568 million 
investment in a new luxury hotel project, 
Crown Towers Perth.
Barry Felstead  Chief Executive Offi cer  Crown Perth

Overview
Crown Perth is one of Western Australia’s largest tourist 
destinations, attracting more than seven million local, interstate, 
and international visitors each year. With approximately 
5,600 people employed on site, it is also the state’s largest 
single-site employer. 

Comprised of two quality hotels, a world-class convention 
centre, gaming options, twenty-seven restaurants and bars, 
a nightclub, a 2,300-seat theatre, a 20,000-seat indoor 
stadium, a day spa, and retail outlets, Crown Perth provides 
customers with an exceptional range of entertainment and 
tourism offerings. 

This year, Crown Perth has undergone a signifi cant 
transformation. The large-scale and complex-wide capital 
expenditure program has given Crown Perth a range of 
hotel and VIP facilities that are among the best in the region. 
In addition, to leverage off the internationally recognised 
Crown brand, Burswood was re-branded as Crown Perth 
in September 2012.

Crown Perth’s fi nancial results indicate the success of the 
signifi cant expansion and refurbishment program, which 
has proved to be popular with local and international guests. 
In this fi nancial year, normalised revenue grew by 12.1% 
and normalised EBITDA grew by 15.9%.

Main gaming fl oor revenue grew by 6.5% for the year 
to $440.8 million. Normalised VIP program play revenue 
increased by 32.1% to $154.3 million on turnover of 
$11.4 billion. The increase was primarily a result of the 
completion of world-class VIP accommodation, and Crown’s 
ongoing strategy to source new players from China. 

Non-gaming revenue grew by 12.0% to $190.1 million, 
growth that is attributable to improved trading at both 
hotels, a strong line-up of shows at the Crown Theatre 
Perth, and the refurbishment and expansion of the food 
and beverage offering.

As announced in August 2012, the planned development 
of the six-star Crown Towers Perth hotel will further enhance 
Crown Perth’s offering, enabling it to effectively compete 
with integrated resorts throughout the Asia-Pacifi c region. 
Including the initial acquisition price of the resort, the 
development of the new hotel will take Crown’s total 
investment in the Crown Perth resort to over $2.2 billion.

Crown Perth Property Update
Crown Perth has undergone a signifi cant transformation 
this year, including upgrades to the VIP facilities, hotels, 
restaurants, and gaming areas. This transformation has 
fi rmly established Crown Perth’s ability to successfully 
operate in the international tourism market.

Of particular note was the construction and opening of the 
two unique and exclusive VIP Mansions at Crown Perth, the 
expansion of the main gaming fl oor, and the enhancement 
of the food and beverage offerings.

The much anticipated opening of the Infi nity Sky Gaming 
Salon took place in October 2011. Providing premium 
gaming facilities and world-class service, the salon has 
been well received by customers, with its magnifi cent 
views of the Swan River and the city skyline. 

The completion of the Mansions, two six-star VIP villas, has 
reinvigorated VIP interest in the property, as they provide 
an exceptional level of quality and exclusivity. The level 
of luxury experienced by guests at the Mansions clearly 
showcases Crown Perth’s capacity to provide world-class 
products and services, particularly for international VIPs. 
Exceptionally well-appointed and positioned beside the 
new pool area, the Mansions enhance Crown Perth’s 
international gaming offering.

The extension to the main gaming fl oor was opened in 
September 2012, accommodating new gaming product 
and complementing the contemporary entertainment 
facilities now offered at Crown Perth. These upgraded areas 
have been well received by customers and refl ect the new 

14

The Mansions and Crown Metropol Perth pool, Crown Perth

The Mansions’ private pool, Crown Perth

level of vibrancy that Crown Perth provides to a diverse 
range of guests. To complement the signifi cant upgrades 
to the property, we are constructing a new multi-storey 
car park, expected to open early in 2014. 

and international business travellers, as well as Crown 
Perth’s VIP guests. It will also provide a new standard of 
accommodation in Perth, and fi rmly position Perth as a 
leading tourism destination providing resort-style experiences. 

Additionally, the state government has agreed not to oppose 
Crown Perth’s application for 500 additional gaming machines 
and 130 additional gaming tables, including new private 
gaming salons. This increase in gaming product would be 
rolled out over the next fi ve years, subject to the approval of 
the Gaming and Wagering Commission of Western Australia.

Crown Perth will be working with the state government over 
the next three years to facilitate the smooth implementation 
of this signifi cant and exciting project.

Crown Metropol Perth (formerly the InterContinental hotel) 
now offers a fi ve-star luxury accommodation experience, 
as the complete refurbishment and refi t of all foyers, guest 
rooms, suites, and a stunning new lobby area is almost 
complete. Another exciting project completed this year 
was the extensive upgrades to Crown Metropol Perth’s 
luxurious pool and spa area.

Crown Towers Perth
Crown Towers Perth will add another dimension to Crown 
Perth’s already extensive offering. When complete, it will be 
the largest hotel in Perth and will increase hotel room capacity 
at Crown Perth to nearly 1,200 rooms. Construction is 
expected to commence in early 2013, and the hotel, which 
will take approximately three years to complete, will comprise 
500 luxury rooms as well as restaurants, bars, and resort 
and convention facilities. 

This is a timely development for Perth, as the luxury 
accommodation that Crown Towers Perth will provide 
is expected to satisfy the requirements of domestic 

Artist’s impression of Crown Towers Perth, Crown Perth

Artist’s impression of Crown Towers Perth, Crown Perth

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

15

Crown Perth continued

Infi nity Suite, Crown Perth

Private dining at Crown Metropol Perth, Crown Perth

Local Gaming and Crown Club
This year, the local gaming operation achieved revenue 
growth of 6.5%. The upgraded premium facilities were the 
primary contributors to this growth, including the newly 
refurbished and relocated Riviera Room, which features 
high-limit table games, and the expanded Meridian Room 
that offers a premium gaming machine experience and 
a dedicated café.

Investment in new gaming machine product has been well 
received by customers, as has the introduction of variations 
on traditional table games.

As part of the rebranding of Crown Perth, the loyalty 
program has been renamed Crown Club, and now offers 
greater rewards and benefi ts for members. During the year, 
membership continued to steadily increase.

VIP Program Play
Recently completed luxury facilities, including the Infi nity Sky 
Gaming Salon and the two luxury Mansions, have positioned 
Crown Perth as one of the best VIP gaming destinations 
in the world. As a result of the development of these 
world-class facilities, VIP Program Play experienced solid 
growth in the fi nancial year, despite the strong competition 
from integrated resorts in South East Asia.

Hotels
The two hotels at Crown Perth were both re-branded 
in June 2012 to become Crown Metropol Perth and Crown 
Promenade Perth respectively. Together, they provided 
approximately 290,000 guest nights, with Crown Metropol 
maintaining its position as the leading luxury hotel in Perth, 
despite the extensive refurbishment program.

The Crown Metropol Perth refurbishment included the 
development of the exclusive Infi nity Suites and signifi cant 
extensions to the main pool, taking advantage of Perth’s 
natural environment and temperate climate. The newly 
constructed Vegas-style outdoor pool facilities include 
The Enclave, comprised of six lavish, private cabanas 
with personal plunge pool and dedicated hosts, a quiet 
adult-only area, and a separate children’s pool complete 
with waterslides.

To further enhance Crown Perth’s luxury product offerings, 
ISIKA Spa and ISIKA Fitness were both opened in early 2012, 
providing guests with the chance to indulge in a range of 
special treatments and consultations.

Restaurants and Bars
Asian restaurant Nobu opened this year and was recently 
awarded Best Asian Restaurant at the prestigious 2012 
Savour Australia Restaurant & Catering HOSTPLUS Awards 
for Excellence.

The Food Court also opened this year, offering an extensive 
and varied range of options for guests. Final upgrades are 
scheduled to be completed in the second half of 2012. 

Also in the second half of 2012, there will be several new 
inclusions to the restaurant and bar portfolio, including 
Bistro Guillaume, The Merrywell, Fusion and Groove bars, 
Cotta café on the main gaming fl oor, and the Junction Grill. 
Silks Restaurant will open in the fi rst half of 2013, replacing 
the current Cantonese offering, Yú.

Atrium Buffet and Lobby Lounge have continued to 
perform well since their refurbishment and relaunch in 2010, 
and Carbon Sports Bar continued to trade successfully, 
capitalising on key events such as the Rugby World Cup 
and Euro 2012.

16

Crown Perth hosted a number of specialty dining 
experiences during the year, including the Nobu Omakase 
dinner and ceremonial Nobu launch, and several highly 
successful promotions undertaken in collaboration with 
Crown Perth’s premium beverage partners. During the 
year, a number of special offers have continued to increase 
customer numbers at Crown Perth’s casual restaurants 
Carvers, Snax, 88 Noodle Bar, and The Food Court.

The quality of Crown Perth’s restaurants and bars has been 
recognised by several industry awards. Neil Perry’s Rockpool 
Bar & Grill Perth won Best Hospitality Venue and Restaurant 
Within a Hotel in the Australian Hotels Association’s (AHA) 
Hospitality Awards for Excellence, as well as Best New 
Restaurant, awarded by the Catering Institute of WA. 
Modo Mio and Yú both received Good Food Guide Gala 
Awards, with Modo Mio being awarded a ‘one star’, as well 
as winning Best Italian Restaurant – Formal in the 2012 
Savour Australia Restaurant & Catering HOSTPLUS 
Awards for Excellence.

Having won the National AHA Award for Excellence three 
years in a row, Carbon Sports Bar was this year inducted 
into the Hall of Fame as Best Sporting Entertainment Venue. 
One of Crown Perth’s young chefs was the national winner 
of La Chaîne des Rôtisseurs Jeune Commis Chef Award 
and represented Australia in the world fi nals in Berlin in 
September 2012.

Crown Perth’s restaurants and bars focus on responsible 
service of alcohol (RSA), and continue to lead Perth’s 
hospitality and tourism industry in RSA policies and practices, 
ensuring that all guests and employees enjoy a safe and 
pleasant environment.

Entertainment and Events
Entertainment and Events produced strong year-on-year 
growth, driven predominately by presentation of the highly 
successful shows Wicked! and Mary Poppins.

Both The Dome at Crown Perth and Crown Theatre Perth 
held a range of major events during the year that attracted 
more than 726,000 customers across both venues. This 
is an increase of more than 29% on the previous period.

The Dome at Crown Perth hosted top national and 
international artists including Top Gear Live, Roger Waters, 
Nitro Circus, Taylor Swift, Miley Cyrus, Elton John, Dolly 
Parton, Hyundai Hopman Cup, and the Holden Netball 
Test Series.

Crown Theatre Perth enjoyed another record year, hosting 
successful musicals and many live concerts with well-known 
performers such as Janet Jackson and John Farnham, 
and several performances of the British comedy quiz show, 
QI Live. Show packages continued to be popular, and 
contributed to driving business across the complex. 

This year, Crown Perth focused on strengthening the 
brand with competitive event pricing, and promotion of the 
complex as a one-stop destination for all event business.

Major events held at Crown Perth this year included 
the Commonwealth Business Forum – part of the 
Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting (CHOGM) – 
Queensbury Rules Challenge Corporate Boxing, StyleAID, 
Amanda Young Foundation Ball, and West Coast Eagles 
Club Champion Awards & 25 Year Ball. Crown Perth has 
also sponsored numerous local events, cultural activities, 
and other community-based programs.

Infi nity Sky Gaming Salon, Crown Perth

Production of Mary Poppins at Crown Theatre Perth, Crown Perth

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

17

Melco Crown Entertainment

MCE’s solid trading result was primarily driven by the improvement 
in City of Dreams’ mass market table games operations, which 
is providing a more stable and profi table gaming mix.

City of Dreams, Macau

As at 30 June 2012, Crown held a 33.6% equity interest in 
Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE), a joint venture between 
Crown and Melco International Development Limited. MCE 
has a dual listing, it was listed on the NASDAQ in December 
2006, and completed a listing by introduction to the Stock 
Exchange of Hong Kong in December 2011. The joint venture 
has two premium properties (City of Dreams and Altira Macau), 
operates Mocha Clubs, and has a 60% equity interest in 
Macau Studio City.

MCE reported strong results for the twelve months to 
30 June 2012. Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised profi t 
for the period was $92.1 million, after adjusting for an above 
theoretical win rate. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported profi t 
for the period was $135.8 million. MCE’s net debt, as at 
30 June 2012, was US$531.8 million, and its net debt 
to shareholders equity was approximately 15%.

The solid trading result was primarily driven by improved 
operating performance in all major segments. There was 
an increase in gaming volumes, signifi cant improvements 
in mass table games hold percentages, and increased 
contributions from the hotel, food and beverage, and 
entertainment segments.

In the twelve months to 30 June 2012, the Macau gaming 
market as a whole continued to show strong growth, with 
gross gaming revenues up by 29%. However, the rate of 
growth in VIP revenues slowed in the second half, particularly 
in the fourth quarter. MCE’s 2012 June quarter results 
highlighted the strong year-on-year improvements in the 
operating fundamentals of MCE’s mass market segments, 
with mass market table games operations providing 
a more stable and profi table gaming mix, particularly 
at City of Dreams.

18

Macau Harbour, Macau

MCE remains confi dent of the future of Macau, and believes 
its outlook is well supported by the long-term growth and 
increasing consumerism in its core feeder market, China, 
as well as a progressive and stable regulatory environment. 
Similarly, the infrastructure and development blueprint for 
Macau and the broader region will further support Macau’s 
position as the leading leisure and tourism destination in Asia. 
These developments include the Intercity Mass Rapid Transit 
rail network in China, Hong Kong-Zuhai-Macau Bridge, 
the permanent ferry terminal in Taipa, the Henqin Island 
development, and the Macau Light Rail.

In the fi rst six months of 2012, Chinese visitors to Macau 
increased by 8.5% on the pcp, which represents approximately 
60% of all visitors to Macau, while visitors from Hong Kong 
and Taiwan contributed 26% and 4% respectively. 

City of Dreams
MCE opened several differentiated entertainment and dining 
offerings at City of Dreams this year, aimed at enhancing its 
appeal to the mass market. The City of Dreams Signature 
Club opened a new premium mass gaming area, located in 
the lobby of the Grand Hyatt Macau, that delivers a customised 
and luxurious gaming experience to key customers while 
setting a new standard for premium mass gaming in Macau. 
The fi rst Hard Rock Café in Macau was opened, providing 
a new and exciting dining option, and Taboo, a cabaret style, 
Franco Dragone inspired show, opened at Club Cubic in 
July 2012. These new offerings demonstrate a commitment 
to diversify the leisure and entertainment options available 
to Macau’s visitors.

MCE continues to evaluate the next phase of its development 
plan at City of Dreams, which, subject to government 
approvals, will include another luxury hotel.

Studio City
MCE has a 60% equity interest in Studio City. In August 2012, 
MCE announced that the Macau Government has given 
formal land grant approval and permit to restart construction 
of the Studio City project. Studio City, a large-scale integrated 
resort, will include signifi cant gaming capacity, fi ve-star hotel 
offerings, and numerous entertainment, retail, and food and 
beverage outlets. It will aim to attract a diverse range of 
customers, focusing on the increasingly important mass 
market segment in Asia, particularly from China.

MCE estimates that the construction cost of the Studio City 
project will be approximately US$1.9 billion. MCE is currently 
working through the fi nancing plans, which are expected to 
include a bank loan and other forms of debt fi nancing.

With its destination theming, unique and innovative interactive 
attractions, and strong Asian focus, Studio City is designed 
to capture the increasingly important mass market segment. 
MCE believes that the location of Studio City, adjacent to 
the Lotus Bridge immigration checkpoint and one of the 
proposed light rail stations, is a key competitive advantage.

Philippines Development
In July 2012, MCE entered a memorandum of agreement 
with SM Group, Belle Corporation, and Premium Leisure 
and Amusement Inc., to form a consortium to develop and 
operate a casino, hotel, and retail and entertainment complex 
in Manila, in the Philippines. The formation of the consortium 
remains subject to a number of conditions precedent. MCE 
believes that entering a new jurisdiction offers the company 
an opportunity to diversify its exposure in Asia and deliver 
incremental sources of earnings and cash fl ow.

Subject to realising the conditions of the memorandum 
of agreement, MCE’s contribution to the cost of this 
project up to its opening is estimated to be approximately 
US$580 million, consisting of cash, group cash fl ows, 
and debt fi nancing.

Map showing location of the Studio City Project

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

19

Aspinall’s Club

The Aspinall’s Club is a high-end London casino. It is one 
of only fi ve licensed casinos in London’s prime West End 
entertainment district. This year represents the fi rst full year 
of Crown’s ownership of Aspinall’s Club. 

Normalised EBITDA from Aspinall’s Club was $20.6 million. 
Reported EBITDA for the period was $1.7 million, due to 
a below theoretical win rate.

Aspinall’s Club, London

Aspinall’s Club, London

Other Investments

Tabcorp Holdings Limited (TAH) 
Crown acquired a 4.9% economic interest in TAH prior to 
the Tabcorp demerger. Subsequent to year end, Crown has 
disposed of its remaining economic interest in TAH.

Echo Entertainment Group Limited (EGP)
Crown acquired a 4.9% economic interest in EGP as part 
of the Tabcorp demerger. On 24 February 2012, Crown 
increased its interest in EGP to 10% and applied to the 
Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority of New South 
Wales and the Queensland Attorney General (Regulators) 
seeking consent to increase its voting power in EGP 
beyond 10%.

In July 2012, Crown amended its application for regulatory 
approval from the Regulators to acquire more than 10% of 
the shares in EGP, subject to a condition that Crown not 
acquire more than 25% of the shares in EGP without fi rst 
seeking and obtaining a further approval from the Regulators. 
The Regulators have accepted the amendment to Crown’s 
application, but no decision has yet been made as to whether 
to grant Crown’s application.

20

Cannery
Crown continues to hold a 24.5% equity share in Cannery 
Casino Resorts, LLC. Crown did not receive a distribution of 
any profi ts, nor did Crown recognise any earnings from Cannery 
during the period, as the investment is not equity accounted.

Betfair
Crown’s equity accounted share of Betfair’s net profi t was 
$3.1 million. The profi t includes the benefi t of a refund of 
overpaid GST as a result of a settlement with the Australian 
Tax Offi ce (ATO). Betfair’s appeal to the High Court against 
the judgement of the Full Federal Court in its case against 
Racing NSW and Harness Racing NSW was unsuccessful. 
Betfair remains optimistic about its position in the 
Australasian marketplace.

Aspers Group 
In December 2011, the Aspers Group opened a new casino 
in Stratford, London, within the new Westfi eld shopping 
complex, which is adjacent to the 2012 Olympic Games site. 
Trading at the new casino has been encouraging. The Aspers 
Group recently won its bid for a new casino licence in Milton 
Keynes, and plans are underway to commence the fi t-out 
of the property. The casino is expected to open by the end 
of the 2013 fi nancial year.

Sustainability Report: Our People

To offer world-class service, we invest in our people – 
we recruit, develop and retain the best talent within the industry.

Employment Headcount FY05 – FY12

13,112

13,199

12,650

14,437

13,817

11,587

10,925

10,065

16,000

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Crown Perth

Contractors

Tenancies

Employees

Crown Melbourne

Contractors

Tenancies

Employees

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

and managers, are currently undertaking training within the 
Australian Qualifi cations Framework. The Learning Pathways 
program won B-HERT’s 2011 Best Vocational Education 
and Training Collaboration award.

Over 800,000 hours of training was delivered in fi nancial 
year 2012, which is a 62% increase on 2011, and there was 
a 12% increase in the number of employees completing 
a Certifi cate III qualifi cation. In total, there were over 
50,000 training enrolments, which is an increase of 8.9%.

Crown Melbourne has enjoyed success with a number 
of human resources awards. We won the 2012 Victorian 
Training Award in the Apprentice Development category, as 
well as the Organisational and Staff Development category 
at the Learning and Technology Impacts Awards, and the 
Recommended Employer award at the 2012 Australian 
Business Awards. We also had a trainee who was one of 
just four fi nalists in the Victorian Trainee of the Year award. 
We were a fi nalist for Best Learning and Development 
Strategy 2011 and Most Innovative New Media Recruitment 
Campaign 2011 in the Australian HR awards, the Fairfax 
People’s Choice for Employer of Choice 2011, and in the 
2012 Victorian Training Awards – Employer of the Year.

A growing number of employees have been recruited through 
our Indigenous Employment Program. This year, we hired 
fi fteen Indigenous employees, bringing the total number to 
sixty-six. Our program is considered a model program by 
Generation One and the AEC, and was featured in Generation 
One’s Case Studies for Success report. It has also received 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

21

Crown College, Crown Melbourne

More than 14,400 people contribute to providing world-class 
service at Crown’s two Australian integrated resorts. In both 
Victoria and Western Australia, Crown is the largest single-site 
private sector employer and focuses on recruiting, developing, 
and retaining quality employees.

Our Indigenous Employment Programs at both properties 
continued to work towards accomplishment of the pledge 
that Crown undertook as a signatory to the Australian 
Employment Covenant (AEC), which supports the federal 
government’s ‘Closing the Gap’ strategy. We have again won 
awards that recognise our commitment and achievements 
in the employment of Indigenous Australians, including 
the prestigious Australian Business Awards’ Community 
Contribution Award 2012.

This year we have seen signifi cant developments in Crown 
Melbourne’s Disability Employment Program, which is run in 
collaboration with WISE Employment. We are very pleased 
to report that Crown Perth also commenced a Disability 
Employment Program this year, and is now positioned to 
grow and provide quality services in this important area.

Crown Melbourne
With more than 8,800 people working on site at Crown 
Melbourne and total employment expenditure of more than 
$460 million, we remain Victoria’s largest single-site private 
sector employer. We continue to invest in training and 
development, providing employees with a career pathway 
aligned to qualifi cations, through Crown College’s Learning 
Pathways. More than 1,200 employees, including supervisors 

Sustainability Report: Our People continued

a number of awards, including the 2011 Wurreker Best 
Employer of the Year, the 2011 Fairfax Employment Media 
Award for Best Diversity Marketing Strategy, and the 
Individual Laureate Award for Diversity & Inclusion 2011.

We have implemented a number of new initiatives to 
attract quality employees, including Crown’s largest ever 
employment brand campaign – Be a Part of What Makes 
Us Shine – which reached an audience of approximately 
800,000 people. A dedicated Crown Careers website and 
mobile phone site were launched this year and we made 
widespread use of social media platforms including LinkedIn, 
Twitter, and Facebook. 

There was a signifi cant increase in the number of 
employees recruited through our Disability Employment. 
The program began in 2009 and has assisted more than 
forty-fi ve people to gain employment, and has achieved 
a very pleasing retention rate of 95%. The program was 
a fi nalist in the 2011 Diversity@ Work awards in the 
category of Disability Employment.

Health and Safety at Crown Melbourne remains of critical 
importance to the leadership team and this year’s focus 
has been on injury prevention and management, aimed 
at reducing the frequency and severity of workplace injuries 
through the continued emphasis on early intervention and 
return to work initiatives. 

Crown Perth
With approximately 5,600 people working on site, Crown Perth 
remains Western Australia’s largest single-site private sector 
employer. Crown Perth continues to implement successful 
recruitment strategies as well as a solid learning and development 
strategy that delivers talented and skilled employees.

Crown Perth currently has more than 720 apprentices and 
trainees completing nationally accredited training, as well 
as nearly 200 employees participating in the Leadership 
Development Program. These programs not only ensure that 
we have employees with the skills and knowledge needed to 
operate a world-class tourism destination, they also provide 
employees with a qualifi cation that is recognised throughout 
Australia and well regarded in many other countries. Programs 
such as these also demonstrate Crown Perth’s commitment 
to the professional development of our employees.

The Indigenous Employment Program also continues to 
be successful: we currently have sixty-fi ve Indigenous 
Australians employed across the business in many different 
roles. We are immensely proud of our contribution to the 
achievement of Crown’s AEC pledge, and we look forward 
to continued success as we liaise closely with the local 
Indigenous communities as well as other community 
bodies with whom we work in this important area.

Crown Perth has successfully satisfi ed the employment 
needs of the business, despite the increasingly competitive 
labour market in Western Australia. This success has been 
due to a number of concerted and sustained recruitment 
campaigns that have emphasised the benefi ts and 
advantages of working at Crown Perth. By focusing on the 
employee value proposition, these campaigns have resulted 
in a signifi cant increase in the level of interest in careers at 
Crown Perth, and we are now in a strong position to recruit 
and develop candidates of an increasingly higher calibre.

Early in 2012, Crown Perth implemented a Disability 
Employment Program. Amongst several noteworthy 
achievements was the signing of a Memorandum of 
Understanding with the National Disability Recruitment 
Coordinator service (NDRC). The NDRC promotes our job 
vacancies to Disability Employment Services providers, 
which has been of considerable benefi t to Crown Perth. 
Having now established the program, Crown Perth is 
looking forward to further success as it develops.

Crown College, Crown Melbourne

Crown Perth Employee of the Year presentation

22

Sustainability Report: Responsible Gaming

Crown is a world leader in responsible gaming initiatives. 
We allocate signifi cant resources to raising awareness of 
responsible gaming, and to helping customers to successfully 
manage and enjoy their gaming at Crown. We are immensely 
proud of our long-standing commitment to responsible 
gaming, and continue to lead the development and 
implementation of new initiatives in this area.

Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre 
was a world-fi rst initiative when fi rst introduced in 2002. 
Staffed by specially trained Responsible Gaming Liaison 
Offi cers, the Centre offers its counselling and other services 
twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, and provides a 
range of brochures, in English and other languages. Crown 
Perth also offers a similar range of services, and is available 
to support customers around the clock at its dedicated facility.

As an industry leader, we take our responsibility in this 
area very seriously, and this is clearly demonstrated by our 
establishment of a Board Committee, chaired by Crown 
Director, Professor John Horvath. The Responsible Gaming 
Committee meets regularly to review and monitor the 
effectiveness of Crown’s responsible gaming programs, 
and to promote awareness of responsible gaming issues.

The comprehensive training and education that every employee 
receives is the cornerstone of our responsible gaming program. 
All employees begin their responsible gaming training on their 
fi rst day of employment at Crown in the corporate induction 
program, and continue to receive training throughout their 
employment at Crown. The training focuses on compliance 
with legislative and policy requirements, and ensures that 
employees can identify observable signs that a customer may 
be experiencing diffi culty, and can then direct the customer 
to the Responsible Gaming Support Centre or a Responsible 
Gaming Liaison Offi cer.

Crown has also implemented the Play Safe Limit Program, 
a world-fi rst responsible gaming initiative at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth. This is a voluntary pre-commitment system 
that we introduced at Crown Melbourne in 2003, and then at 

Crown Perth. It allows Crown Signature Club members who 
play gaming machines and fully automated table games 
to select their own time and/or spend limit.

Crown’s Self-Exclusion Program is a legally binding system 
that enables a customer to ban themselves from entering 
or remaining on the gaming fl oor.

Our Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct, is available in 
numerous locations on and around the gaming fl oors at Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth. The Code is specifi c to each 
property, and is regularly reviewed by the relevant regulators.

Crown has implemented many effective programs to raise 
awareness of responsible gaming, and continues to be 
pro-active in our business-wide approach to responsible gaming.

Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support 
Centre marked its 10th anniversary in 2012, providing 
an opportunity to refl ect on the Centre’s numerous and 
signifi cant initiatives and achievements. Staffed by a 
dedicated Responsible Service of Gaming (RSG) team, 
comprised of managers, Responsible Gaming Liaison 
Offi cers, psychologists, and a chaplain, the Centre provides 
a range of specialised services for customers. These include 
the Self-Exclusion Program, the Play Safe Limit Program, 
the Chaplaincy Support Service, and counselling by 
experienced psychologists.

The team engages at many levels with government and 
community, including the Responsible Gambling Advocacy 
Centre, and Gambler’s Help, and is represented on steering 
committees and working groups in the Victorian Government’s 
Responsible Gaming Ministerial Advisory Council.

The RSG team also trains employees in responsible gaming 
policies and practices, helps to communicate the importance 
of responsible gaming to individuals and the community, and 
makes a considerable contribution to ensuring that Crown 
Melbourne adheres to regulatory and legislative requirements.

Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre celebrated its 10th anniversary in 2012

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

23

Sustainability Report: Responsible Gaming continued

Since its inception, Crown Melbourne has participated in 
Responsible Gambling Awareness Week, and this year we 
hosted an event, which was attended by Crown Melbourne 
CEO Mr Greg Hawkins, players from the National Rugby 
League’s Melbourne Storm, many Crown employees, and 
representatives from various community organisations, 
including Gambler’s Help. Our Chaplaincy Support Service 
Chaplain, Father James Grant, spoke about the key themes 
of the week and Crown’s commitment to responsible gaming.

During the year, the Centre received visits from government 
offi cials from Singapore, and representatives from Gambler’s 
Help and other community groups who are keen to learn 
about the work conducted by the Centre.

Crown Melbourne co-sponsored and hosted the 21st 
International Conference of the National Association for 
Gambling Studies. During the conference, the Hon. Michael 
O’Brien MP, Victorian Minister for Gaming, launched the 
Monash and Melbourne University Problem Gambling and 
Treatment Centre’s Guideline for Screening, Assessment 
and Treatment in Problem Gambling. 

Crown Melbourne was also represented at the Auckland 
University of Technology Think Tank on Gambling Research, 
Policy and Practice, bringing together gambling researchers, 
offi cials and regulators, industry executives, and service 
providers from around the world.

Other initiatives and activities undertaken this year include the 
introduction of the responsible gaming message “Have you 
had a break?” on gaming machines and fully automated table 
games, the inclusion of information about the Responsible 
Gaming Support Centre in guest information folders in all 
three hotels, new Table Games Limit signage, and participation 
in the Responsible Gambling Advocacy Centre’s activities.

Crown Melbourne continues to commit to a whole-of-property 
approach to RSG that includes multiple points of customer 
information, a responsible gaming culture, continuous 
improvement of our employee training programs, and 

a dedicated and professional team within the Responsible 
Gaming Support Centre. Our specialised services, along 
with our resolute involvement in community and government 
programs, refl ect the strong commitment that Crown 
Melbourne has to RSG.

Crown Perth
Crown Perth’s Responsible Gaming Information Centre now 
proudly offers support and assistance twenty-four hours 
a day, seven days a week, giving our team the capability 
to provide an increased level of support and advice to 
customers, including referral services, self-exclusions, 
and third party exclusions.

This year, we have focused on improving employees’ 
understanding of responsible gaming policies and practices, 
and promoting RSG across the complex. A critical element of 
this strategy is our active and highly successful participation 
in the Leadership Program that is delivered to senior gaming 
managers and supervisors. This program focuses on how 
to identify behaviours that indicate that a customer may 
be experiencing problems with their gambling, and how 
to report to the RSG team. We have received very positive 
feedback about the program, and we are looking forward 
to continued success.

Crown Perth has continued to promote Player Activity 
Statements, encouraging customers who play gaming 
machines to review their gaming activity over a self-nominated 
period of time. We encourage all customers to make wise 
decisions about their gaming and to seek help if they feel 
that our team will be able to assist them.

As in past years, the RSG team has continued to engage 
with many stakeholders and agencies in the community. 
Once again, we actively participated in the Responsible 
Gambling Awareness Week, helping to raise awareness 
of the importance of responsible gambling, and of our 
RSG programs.

Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gaming Support Centre

Launch of Responsible Gambling Awareness Week at Crown Perth

24

Sustainability Report: Community

Crown has again made many valuable contributions to help 
local communities, individuals, and charitable organisations.

We are proud to support numerous organisations that 
provide services and support in many different areas, 
as well as individuals who are suffering from severe 
illnesses or traumatic events, such as natural disasters 
and homelessness.

Through our sponsorship arrangements, use of facilities, and 
donations of items such as food, equipment and employees’ 
time, Crown continues to demonstrate a genuine desire to 
support those most in need in our many communities.

This year, Crown donated $300,000 to the Balibo House 
Trust, a Victorian Government initiative to preserve Balibo 
House as a memorial and Community Learning Centre run by 
the local community. Balibo House facilities include a library, 
computer classes, sewing machines, carpentry and mechanics 
workshop, and a crèche for thirty children.

Many of our people also donate their time and expertise to 
support a range of charities and charitable programs in their 
capacity as Crown employees.

Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne provides assistance, donations, and 
support to a broad range of worthy community activities 
and charities, driven by the belief that Crown Melbourne 
has both the responsibility and the opportunity to assist 
local communities, charitable organisations, and individuals 
touched by tragedy. This year, as in past years, Crown 
Melbourne’s contributions included sponsorship 
arrangements, employee time, use of facilities, and 
the donation of Crown Melbourne packages.

For more than seven years, Crown Melbourne has 
sponsored and hosted the My Room Ball. Formed in 
1993 by three families whose children had undergone 
chemotherapy, My Room supports the Oncology Unit 
at The Royal Children’s Hospital in Melbourne.

Crown Melbourne sponsors and hosts Starry Starry Night, 
which this year raised more than $700,000 for The Alannah 
and Madeline Foundation.

Crown Melbourne also supported Challenge’s Robert Allenby 
Gala Dinner, the Diamonds are a Girl’s Best Friend Dinner for 
children living with cancer and other life-threatening blood 
disorders, the Epworth Medical Foundation Dinner attended 
by 1,000 guests, and Raelene Boyle’s 60th Birthday Dinner, 
which raised money for the Breast Cancer Network Australia.

Over the past six years, the KOALA Foundation (Kids 
Oncology And Leukaemia Action Foundation) has received 
more than $8 million from its annual fundraising event that 
Crown Melbourne hosts and sponsors, bringing together 
some of Australia’s most infl uential people. This year’s Million 
Dollar Lunch raised $1,212,000. Crown Melbourne again 
donated food, prizes, raffl e items, and use of the Palladium, 
and managers and employees assisted in the organisation 
and set up of the event.

Crown partnered with several other national charities to 
support their annual gala balls and events, including the 
Kids Under Cover Umbrella Ball, the Ronald McDonald 
House Charity Ball, and Lillian Frank’s Royal Children’s 
Hospital Fashion Luncheon.

Crown Melbourne continues to sponsor and host The 
Shane Warne Foundation, which holds a number of events 
to raise money for charities that work with seriously ill and 
underprivileged Australian children. Crown sponsored and 
hosted the Foundation’s Boxing Day Breakfast, and the 
Joe Hachem and Shane Warne Charity Poker Tournament.

Crown Melbourne is proud of the many employees who 
enthusiastically volunteer their time and efforts in a number 
of ways to benefi t the community. Each Christmas Day, 
our employees support the Open Family Australia Christmas 
program by packing and distributing more than 250 hampers 
fi lled with ingredients donated by Crown Melbourne. This year, 
employees also personally delivered hampers and other 
special items, such as toys, to families and individuals 

Crown supports Balibo House Trust

Melbourne Food & Wine Week presentation, Crown Melbourne

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

25

Sustainability Report: Community continued

throughout the broader Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Hundreds of employees also purchased tickets in the 
Cadbury Easter Egg Hunt, the proceeds of which contributed 
to the Royal Children’s Hospital Good Friday Appeal.

Crown Melbourne employees also participate in numerous 
sporting events that raise money for charity, including the 
Variety Club of Victoria’s Santa Fun Run, Around The Bay 
in a Day 100 km bike ride for The Smith Family, and the 
MS Melbourne Summer Cycle 46 km ride to assist people 
with multiple sclerosis.

Crown Perth
Crown Perth is proud of the funding, support, and employee 
assistance that we provide to many worthwhile charities, 
organisations, and individuals throughout Western Australia. 
With more than forty community and corporate partnerships, 
we are able to make a difference to many people’s lives. 

Crown Perth’s Community Partnership Program includes 
support of several not-for-profi t charity events, including 
a number of gala balls that are always highly successful. 
In October 2011, Crown Perth pledged another $1 million 
to the state’s largest fundraising initiative, Telethon, helping 
its efforts to support a wide range of child health services 
across Western Australia, and $100,000 to Parkerville Child 
Youth Care to support a new Youth Village to be built at 
the 18-acre campus at Parkerville.

Crown Perth continued its partnership with Foodbank WA, 
providing daily donations of soup that Foodbank distributes 
to more than 600 charitable organisations and schools across 
Western Australia. Foodbank WA does a magnifi cent job and 
we are proud of our long association and the benefi ts that 
this partnership brings to so many people.

As part of the Global Illumination Project that supports the 
National Breast Cancer Foundation, Crown Perth glowed 
pink for the whole of October 2011. We also hosted the 
inaugural Pink Poker Tournament attended by numerous 
local personalities and media. An outstanding success, 
the Pink Poker Tournament raised over $25,000 for the 
Foundation, and we look forward to future events that 
will support this very worthy cause. 

Crown Perth’s employees also support many charitable 
organisations, actively participating in numerous events in our 
diverse community support program, including Anglicare’s 
Winter Appeal and The Salvation Army’s Easter Appeal. 
Crown Perth’s CEO, Barry Felstead, participated once again 
in the St Vincent De Paul’s CEO Sleepout to raise awareness 
and funding for the homeless across Australia. Barry’s 
individual efforts raised over $65,000, making him the highest 
fundraiser in Western Australia for the third consecutive year.

Crown Perth also connects many of our Corporate Partners 
with Community Partners to raise awareness of those in 
need, and to help increase the vital contributions to worthy 
organisations. One example is the popular ‘Catch the Cash 
for Charity’ event which raised nearly $60,000 for Telethon 
Adventurers and Ronald McDonald House.

Crown Perth employees supporting the Anglicare Winter Appeal

Crown Perth employees supporting The Salvation Army’s Easter Appeal

26

Sustainability Report: Environment

Crown’s continued commitment to implement environmental 
programs and initiatives resulted in many changes across 
both Australian properties this year. 

Our remote monitoring of energy consumption continued 
to help us review our use of gas, electricity, and water, 
then take appropriate measures to reduce consumption 
as much as possible.

Crown proudly participated in the global Earth Hour, by 
turning off all non-essential lighting, and we also participated 
in World Environment Day.

Crown Melbourne
Crown Melbourne continued to demonstrate a strong 
commitment to reducing its environmental impact by 
pursuing a range of sustainable practices across all 
operations. Crown Melbourne’s long-term goal is to be 
recognised as the leader in sustainable business practice 
in the gaming and entertainment industry.

This year, we invested over $500,000 in a monitoring and 
reporting system that provides live data of electricity, gas, and 
water consumption throughout the complex. Daily, weekly, 
and monthly reports provide relevant time-of-use data to each 
business unit, allowing them to monitor consumption levels, 
then implement effective measures to reduce consumption.

Crown’s Eco-Shoots was formed to help all employees 
reduce their environmental footprint through a range of 
practical and well publicised campaigns. Eco-Shoot’s major 
campaigns for the year included World Oceans Day, battery 
recycling, Corks for the Zoo, and mobile phone recycling.

Crown Melbourne also introduced a Carbon Offset Program 
for hotel guests. This program has achieved certifi cation 
under the Australian Government’s National Carbon 
Offset Standard, which is a fi rst in the hospitality and 
entertainment industry.

Our recycling programs continue to be effective in recycling 
a wide range of products, including green waste, polystyrene, 
e-waste, organics, metal, fl uorescent tubes, oil, CDs, DVDs, 
and corks.

Energy Effi ciency

This year, Crown Melbourne continued its focus on energy 
effi ciency by committing $4.5 million to energy reduction 
projects. With funding assistance from AusIndustry’s Green 
Building Fund, the project’s aim was to reduce greenhouse 
gas emissions by 3 million kg CO2, a 22% reduction. 
To achieve this, more than 9,000 lights were replaced 
with LED and fl uoro technology; optimised controls for 
heating, cooling, and ventilation were implemented; and 
housekeeping and maintenance procedures were improved. 
The project was completed in March 2012 and achieved a 
25% reduction in energy use. With some fi ne-tuning planned, 
it is anticipated that further reductions will be achieved.

Crown Melbourne also upgraded the controls and lighting 
systems servicing the Clarke Street Administration and Car 
Park building. It is anticipated that these works will result 
in an energy reduction of approximately 15% for the building.

Other improvements at Crown Melbourne included upgrading 
more than 50,000 lamps to energy-effi cient technology, 
installing more than 1,000 occupancy and daylight harvesting 
sensors, and installing ninety-one variable speed drives (VSD) 
on fan equipment across the property which will reduce fan 
energy consumption by an estimated 25%.

The total energy projects for the year resulted in a CO2 
abatement of more than 14,000 tonnes, which is the 
equivalent to powering 1,100 homes or removing 3,500 
cars from the streets.

Water Conservation

Crown Melbourne upgraded the majority of the water taps 
throughout the complex by fi tting them with sensors and 
low-fl ow fi ttings. 

Continued operation of our on-site water recycling system 
generated 1.4 million litres of recycled water used for toilet 
fl ushing over the year. We also expanded our rainwater 
harvesting system by upgrading three rainwater collection 
and re-use systems, resulting in an annual saving of 
1.5 million litres of drinking water.

CROWN’S RECYCLED WATER 
AND RAINWATER SYSTEM

Crown Melbourne’s new energy-effi cient LED and fl uoro technology lights

Crown Melbourne’s water recycling system

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

27

Sustainability Report: Environment continued

Life Cycle Management

Life Cycle Management

This year, Crown Perth implemented a complex-wide public 
recycling program and an organic waste recycling program. 
This will divert an estimated 12 tonnes of waste from landfi ll 
each year, reducing CO2 emissions by 36 tonnes per annum.

An audit of The Dome at Crown Perth resulted in increased 
recycling rates at that venue, contributing to a reduction in 
landfi ll, and raising public awareness of the role that everyone 
can play in reducing waste.

Crown Perth continues to improve employee awareness 
by providing environmental information through a number 
of effective and innovative communication strategies.

Life Cycle Management (LCM) is an integrated approach 
to achieving more sustainable consumption and production 
patterns, by considering the total life cycle of products and 
services. LCM involves working with suppliers to ensure 
appropriate production and distribution methods are 
deployed, working with employees and customers around 
consumption of products, and working with our waste 
management contractors around how our waste is disposed.

With funding assistance from the Australian Packaging 
Covenant, Crown Melbourne installed 380 recycling bins 
across the complex, potentially resulting in more than 
300 tonnes of waste being diverted from landfi ll each year.

Another innovation implemented this year was the soft 
plastic recycling scheme run in partnership with the Red 
Group. This scheme ensures that all of the plastic wrapping 
that arrives in our loading dock is collected every day and 
recycled into outdoor furniture, signage, and other items. 

Crown Perth
Crown Perth continued to work towards a more sustainable 
environment by monitoring and measuring energy 
consumption and performance. Our environmental 
committee, with representatives from each major business 
unit, drives environmental initiatives in the areas of energy 
conservation, water conservation, and waste management.

In recognition of our efforts in this area, we were 
announced as a fi nalist in the Department of Environment 
WA Environmental Awards in the Corporate Business 
Leading by Example category.

Energy Effi ciency

As part of Crown Perth’s ongoing energy monitoring program, 
further energy-saving initiatives were undertaken this year, 
including the under-croft lighting project, the continued rollout 
of sub-metering and the recently completed chilled water 
survey on Crown Events & Conferences. The continued 
installation of voltage reduction transformers resulted in a 
24% reduction in kilowatts per hour (kWh) consumption.

Water Conservation

Crown Perth continued its strong focus on water 
conservation and this year received a fi ve-star rating 
from the Water Corporation in the One-2-Five™ water 
management assessment. 

A number of water saving initiatives were successfully 
implemented, including the installation of 2.5-litre tapware 
restrictors/aerators to hand basins. The main cooling towers 
were independently audited, and the effi ciency rating was 
assessed as excellent.

Crown Perth received the Silver Award from the Water 
Corporation for improving water effi ciency by 25-35%, 
and was a fi nalist in the Western Australian Water Awards 
in the category “Waterwise Business”.

28

Crown participates in the National Carbon Offset Scheme

Corporate Governance Statement

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

The Crown Limited Board is committed to the implementation and maintenance of good corporate governance practices.

This Statement sets out the extent to which Crown Limited (Crown) has followed the best practice recommendations set 
by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (the Principles and Recommendations) during the twelve month period ending 
30 June 2012.

Principle 1 
Lay Solid Foundations for Management and Oversight
Functions reserved for the Board

The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring Crown on behalf of its shareholders. In addition, the Board (in conjunction 
with management) is responsible for identifying areas of significant business risk and ensuring arrangements are in place 
to adequately manage those risks.

The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which sets out a list of specific functions which are reserved for the Board.

Board appointments are made pursuant to formal terms of appointment.

Functions delegated to Senior Executives

Crown’s senior executives have responsibility for matters which are not specifically reserved for the Board (such as the 
day-to-day management of the operations and administration of Crown).

Process for evaluating performance of Senior Executives

Crown has established processes for evaluating the performance of its senior executives. In summary, each senior executive 
is evaluated against the achievement of pre-agreed performance objectives. The evaluation process is conducted annually 
and is followed by the determination of appropriate remuneration of the relevant senior executive.

Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration practices is provided in the Remuneration Report. An evaluation 
of senior executives took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with the processes described in the 
Remuneration Report.

Induction process for new executives

Crown executives are required to undertake formal induction training through either the Crown Melbourne on-site accredited 
training facility – Crown College, or Crown Perth’s on-site training program.

The program involves training about:
(cid:129)  the history and development of the Crown brand and businesses;
(cid:129)  the main legal and regulatory obligations affecting the Crown businesses;
(cid:129)  Crown’s responsible gaming policies and procedures;
(cid:129)  Crown’s responsible service of alcohol policies and
(cid:129)  the rights and obligations of Crown employees.

As part of the induction program, executives are required to successfully complete a series of online training modules 
and to pass the associated assessment.

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

29

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

Principle 2
Structure the Board to add value

Composition of the Board 

As at the date of this Statement, the Board comprises the following twelve Directors:
(cid:129)  James D Packer

Executive Chairman
(cid:129)  John H Alexander BA

Executive Deputy Chairman
(cid:129)  Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Helen A Coonan BA, LLB

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Christopher D Corrigan

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

(cid:129)  Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Geoffrey J Dixon

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP

Independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Ashok Jacob MBA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

(cid:129)  Harold C Mitchell AC

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Ms Coonan was appointed a director on 2 December 2011.

Information about each current Director’s qualifications, experience and period in office is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by separate persons. James Packer acts as Executive Chairman 
and Rowen Craigie as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.

Relationships affecting independence

The Crown Board is currently comprised of twelve Directors, seven of whom are independent Directors. A majority of Directors 
are therefore independent.

During the year, there was one Board change (the appointment of Ms Coonan), however, the Board was at all times comprised 
of a majority of independent Directors.

The independence of Directors is assessed against a list of criteria and materiality thresholds. Those criteria have been formally 
enshrined in the Crown Board Charter. Each Director who is listed as an independent Director complies with the relevant criteria 
for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.

30

 
 
Departure from Recommendation 2.2: The Principles and Recommendations recommend that the chair of the Board 
should be an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent Director. The Board believes that the interests 
of shareholders are best served by a Chairman who is sanctioned by shareholders and who will act in the best interests 
of shareholders as a whole. As the Chairman has a significant relevant interest in Crown, he is well placed to act on behalf 
of shareholders and in their best interests.
Procedure for selection and appointment of new Directors

Where a new Director appointment is required, Crown adheres to procedures (Selection Procedure) including the following:
(cid:129)  the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee, having regard to those of the existing Board members and likely 

changes to the Board are considered;

(cid:129)  upon identifying a potential appointee, specific consideration is given to that candidate’s:

 – competencies and qualifi cations;

 – independence;

 – other directorships and time availability; and

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

 – the effect that their appointment would have on the overall balance and composition of the Board; and

(cid:129)  finally, all existing Board members must consent to the proposed appointment.

The duties, responsibilities and powers of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee extend to reviewing the Selection 
Procedure and making appropriate recommendations to the Board in relation to the Selection Procedure. The Committee 
is responsible for implementing the Selection Procedure and developing succession plans in order for the Board to maintain 
appropriate experience, expertise and diversity.

The re-appointment procedures for incumbent Directors are as outlined in Crown’s Constitution. In summary, subject 
to the specific matters described in the Constitution, an election of Directors must take place each year at which one third 
of Directors must retire. Any Director who has been in office for three or more years and for three or more annual general 
meetings must also retire. Directors who retire are generally eligible for re-election.

Process for evaluating performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors

A performance evaluation of the Board and of its Committees is undertaken annually, following completion of each financial 
year, by way of a questionnaire sent to each Director.

The questionnaire covers the role, composition, procedure and practices of the Board and its Committees. The individual 
responses to the questionnaire are confidential to each Director, with questionnaire responses to be provided to the Chairman 
of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for his consideration and provision of a report to the Board. 

An evaluation of the Board and its Committees took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with the 
processes described above. 

Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee also has delegated responsibility for reviewing Crown’s procedure for 
the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors.

Procedures for taking independent advice

To enable Crown’s Board to fulfil its role, each Director may obtain independent advice on relevant matters at Crown’s expense. 
In these circumstances, the Director must notify the Executive Chairman of the nature of the advice sought prior to obtaining 
that advice, so that the Executive Chairman can take steps to ensure that the party from whom advice is sought has 
no material conflict of interest with Crown. The Executive Chairman is also responsible for approving payment of invoices 
in relation to the external advice.

In addition, each Committee has the full authority of the Board to:
(cid:129)  communicate and consult with external and internal persons and organisations concerning matters delegated to the 

Committee; and

(cid:129)  appoint independent experts to provide advice on matters delegated to the Committee.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

31

 
 
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Crown Board Committees

To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown Board has established the following Committees:

Committees

Current Members

Meetings held during 
fi nancial year 2012

Audit & Corporate Governance

Finance1

Investment2

Nomination and Remuneration

Occupational Health, Safety & Environment

Responsible Gaming

Risk Management

Benjamin Brazil (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Michael Johnston

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Benjamin Brazil
Michael Johnston

James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Ashok Jacob

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Christopher Corrigan
Harold Mitchell

Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Michael Johnston

John Horvath (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

3

2

0

2

4

6

2

1.   In addition to its two formal meetings, there were two written resolution assented to by the Committee during financial year 2012.

2.   The Investment Committee did not meet this financial year, however there were two written resolutions assented to by the Committee during 

financial year 2012.

Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A description of the procedure for selection, appointment and re-election of Directors is available on the Crown website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

32

 
 
Principle 3
Promote Ethical and Responsible Decision-Making

Codes of conduct

Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that outline the standard of ethical behaviour that is expected of its Directors 
and of its employees at all times. The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed statement of the:
(cid:129)  practices required by employees to maintain confidence in Crown’s integrity;
(cid:129)  legal obligations of employees and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and
(cid:129)  responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.

Policy concerning diversity

Crown has established a policy concerning diversity and disclosed its policy on its website. The policy includes requirements 
for the Board to establish measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and for the Board to assess annually both the 
objectives and progress in achieving them.

In accordance with the policy, Crown has established the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set out below. 
These objectives have been set in relation to employees of Crown Limited, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth groups. 
An assessment of Crown’s progress in achieving those objectives has also been included.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Objective

Crown’s Progress

(cid:129)  To require that at least one female 

candidate is presented on candidate 
short lists for all Senior Management 
and Senior Executive positions within 
the group for which a recruitment 
process is undertaken.

(cid:129)  To increase the number of female 

participants in leadership and development 
programs across the group so that by 
2015 females represent at least 45% 
of all participants.

(cid:129)  To incorporate a targeted mentoring 

program for women into existing group 
leadership and development programs.

(cid:129)  To conduct a review on an annual basis 
of the remuneration for key roles within 
the group to ascertain the existence of 
any gender pay gaps and to implement 
action plans to address any such gaps.

During the year, there were a total of eight recruitment processes commenced 
for Senior Management and Senior Executive positions within the group.

Except in relation to one of those positions, where, following a world-wide 
search, there were no suitable and available female candidates, all short lists 
included a female candidate.

During the year, 43% of participants in leadership and development programs 
across the group were female.

Crown will continue its work towards increasing that percentage in a bid 
to meeting its objective of 45% female participation by 2015.

Leadership development programs conducted across the group all included 
a mentoring component. 

Crown is continually developing relevant leadership and development programs 
so that, where appropriate, female participants on those programs are able 
to receive targeted mentoring.

Crown has conducted an annual review of the remuneration of key roles within 
the group. 

Based on that review, the average total male remuneration was $182,094 
and the average total female remuneration was $159,172. 

Crown is in the process of breaking down the data to ascertain whether a 
gap exists within equivalent “pay grades”, as key roles encompass several 
“pay grades”.

(cid:129)  To recruit at least one further female 
director for Crown Limited within the 
next two years.

On 2 December 2011, The Honourable Helen Coonan joined the Crown Board. 
Accordingly, the Crown Board is now comprised of two female directors and 
ten male directors.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

33

 
 
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

The proportion of women employees in the group, women in senior executive positions and women on the Board as at 
30 June 2012 is as follows:

Measure

Result

(cid:129)  Proportion of women employees 

in the group:

There were 4,957 women in the group. This represents 44% of the total 
workforce of 11,280 employees.

(cid:129)  Proportion of women in senior executive 

positions in the group:

There were 27 women in senior executive positions in the group. This represents 
28% of senior positions in the group.

(cid:129)  Proportion of women on the Board:

Two women out of twelve directors, or 16.7%.

Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has been delegated responsibility for developing and monitoring the 
application of Crown’s Diversity Policy.

Policy concerning trading in company securities

Crown has adopted a formal Securities Trading Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning trading in Crown shares 
by Directors, senior executives and employees.

The Securities Trading Policy:
(cid:129)  includes a requirement that employees do not buy and sell Crown shares within a 12 month period (i.e. that they do not 

short trade);

(cid:129)  establishes formal “trading windows” during which Crown employees can and cannot trade in Crown shares;
(cid:129)  includes restrictions and clearance procedures as to when trading can and cannot occur;
(cid:129)  sets out Crown’s policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk; and
(cid:129)  summarises the application of the insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and the consequences 

of contravention thereof.

A copy of the Securities Trading Policy has been given to Australian Securities Exchange and released to the market.

Policy concerning political donations

Crown has adopted a formal Political Donations Policy which details Crown’s policy regarding donations to political parties.

The policy imposes annual monetary limits on political donations and sets up a framework to ensure Crown is able to comply 
with relevant State based and Commonwealth reporting requirements.

In summary, the policy provides that Crown may make political donations, provided that:
(cid:129)  the contributions support public policy which is aligned to the best interests of Crown’s shareholders, customers, 

staff and the broader community; 

(cid:129)  no particular political party is unduly favoured; and
(cid:129)  contributions are approved, made and recorded in compliance with the requirements of the policy and any other 

legislative requirements.

Policy concerning anti-corruption and bribery

Crown’s anti-corruption and bribery policies are enshrined in a number of internal policies which span the required standards 
of employee behaviour through to purchasing policies and procedures.

Crown’s Employee Code of Conduct specifically provides that employees must not solicit, encourage or accept any form 
of bribe from anyone, including a supplier, customer or fellow employee as an inducement for business, information or any 
other purpose.

34

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Employees who are required to deal with external suppliers of goods and services to Crown must avoid placing themselves 
in situations of a potential conflict of interest.

It is a fundamental principle of Crown that all of its business affairs be conducted legally, ethically and with strict observance 
of the highest standards of integrity and professionalism.

More information

Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees are available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Codes.

A full copy of Crown’s Diversity Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

A full copy of Crown’s Securities Trading Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Principle 4
Safeguard Integrity in Financial Reporting
Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and Charter

As indicated above, Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate Governance Committee to review the integrity of Crown’s 
financial reporting and to oversee the independence of Crown’s external auditors.

The current members of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee are Ben Brazil (Chair), Rowena Danziger and 
Michael Johnston. All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors and a majority of those Committee members 
are independent Directors.

The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, Mr Ben Brazil is an independent Director who has extensive 
financial qualifications and experience. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and holds a senior role at Macquarie Bank 
in the Corporate and Asset Finance Group.

Further information about each Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.

The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.

The Charter includes information on the procedures for selection and appointment of the external auditor of Crown and for the 
rotation of external audit engagement partners. This year will mark the fifth anniversary of the appointment of Crown’s audit 
partner. A new audit partner will be appointed from financial year 2013.

Principle 5
Make Timely and Balanced Disclosure
Policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements

Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place which is designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule 
requirements. The policy details processes for:
(cid:129)  ensuring material information is communicated to Crown’s Chief Executive Officer, its General Counsel and Company 

Secretary or a member of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee;

(cid:129)  the assessment of information and for the disclosure of material information to the market; and
(cid:129)  the broader publication of material information to Crown’s shareholders and the media.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

35

 
 
C OR PORATE GOVE RNANCE  STATEMENT CO NTINUED

Principle 6
Respect the Rights of Shareholders
Promotion of effective communication with shareholders

Crown has a Communications Policy which seeks to promote effective communication with its shareholders. The policy 
explains how information concerning Crown will be communicated to shareholders. The communication channels include:
(cid:129)  Crown’s Annual Report;
(cid:129)  disclosures made to the ASX; and
(cid:129)  Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.

Crown has a dedicated corporate website which includes copies of all communications and other company information. 
Advance notification of results announcements is made via Crown’s website.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Communication Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Principle 7
Recognise and Manage Risk
Policy for the oversight and management of material business risks

Crown has established policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and has adopted a formal 
Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an integral part of the industry in which Crown operates.

Design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems

As required by the Board, Crown’s management have devised and implemented risk management systems appropriate 
to Crown.

Management are charged with monitoring the effectiveness of risk management systems and are required to report to the 
Board via the Risk Management Committee. The Board convened Risk Management Committee administers Crown’s Risk 
Management Policy.

The policy sets out procedures which are designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk at each of Crown’s controlled 
businesses and requires that the results of those procedures are reported to the Crown Board. A formal Risk Management 
Plan has been developed using the model outlined in AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management – Principles and Guidelines. 
The Plan identifies specific Head Office risks in light of major risks identified at an operational level and provides the framework 
for the reporting and monitoring of material risks across the Crown group.

The Board has received, and will continue to receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management Committee, summarising 
the results of risk management initiatives at Crown.

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assurances

The Crown Board has received assurance from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer that the declaration 
provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk management 
and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

More information 

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.
A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Policy is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

36

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Principle 8
Remunerate Fairly and Responsibly
Remuneration of Board members and Senior Executives

Crown has established a formal Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The role of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee includes:
(cid:129)  the review and recommendation of appropriate Directors’ fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors; and
(cid:129)  consideration of remuneration policies to be applied to executives, including any equity-based remuneration plan 

that may be considered, subject to shareholder approval (where required).

Following the end of the financial year, the Committee has reviewed and approved:
(cid:129)  the remuneration for senior executives which will apply during the financial year ending 30 June 2013; and
(cid:129)  the short term bonus payments made to senior executives referable to the financial year ending 30 June 2012.

The current members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are Geoffrey Dixon (Chair), Christopher Corrigan 
and Harold Mitchell who are each independent, Non-Executive Directors. Information about each Committee member’s 
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. A summary of current remuneration arrangements 
is set out more fully in the Remuneration Report. The objective of Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that:
(cid:129)  senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and
(cid:129)  there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Directors and employees of the Crown group who held Crown shares under the Executive Share Plan were not permitted 
to hedge or create derivative arrangements in respect of their Executive Share Plan shares or any of their interests in any 
of those shares. The Executive Share Plan was formally wound up in September 2011.

The rules of the 2010 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan specifically provide that a participant must not grant or enter into any 
Security Interest in or over any Crown shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant Shares) or otherwise deal 
with any Participant Shares or interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are transferred from the Trustee to the 
participant in accordance with the Plan rules. Security Interests are defined to extend to any mortgage, charge, pledge or 
lien or other encumbrance of any nature, and includes any derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. Any Security 
Interest, disposal or dealing made by a participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be recognised by Crown.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter is available at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

37

 
 
Nevada Information Statement

C
N
e
o
v
r
p
a
o
d
r
a
a
I
t
n
e
f
o
G
r
o
m
v
a
e
t
r
i
n
o
a
n
n
S
c
t
e
a
S
t
e
t
m
a
t
e
e
n
m
t
e
n
t

The gaming industry in Nevada is highly regulated and Crown Limited (Crown) must maintain relevant licences to continue 
its investments in entities with gaming operations in Nevada. Each of the casinos in which Crown has an interest is subject 
to extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is located. These laws, rules and 
regulations generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners, managers and persons with 
financial interest in gaming operations. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions.

Crown is registered as a publicly traded corporation in the state of Nevada. One of the conditions of that registration requires 
Crown to summarise relevant Nevada gaming law requirements in this Report. Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are 
regulated in a similar manner by the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian 
Department of Racing Gaming and Liquor, respectively. We are not, however, required to summarise the regulations specific 
to Victoria and Western Australia in this Report. 

Nevada Government Regulation
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the 
regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the Nevada Act) and various local regulations. Gaming operations are subject 
to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada Commission), the Nevada State 
Gaming Control Board (the Nevada Board) and various county and city licensing agencies (the local authorities). The Nevada 
Commission, the Nevada Board and the local authorities are collectively referred to as the “Nevada Gaming Authorities”.

The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public 
policy that are concerned with, among other things:
(cid:129)  the prevention of unsavoury or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time 

or in any capacity;

(cid:129)  the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices;
(cid:129)  the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum 

procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues;

(cid:129)  providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities;
(cid:129)  the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and
(cid:129)  providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees.

Each of the entities in which Crown holds an investment and which currently operate casinos in Nevada (the casino licensees) 
is required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Certain of Crown’s subsidiaries in the Cannery ownership chain 
have also been licensed or found suitable as shareholders, members or general partners, as relevant, of the casino licensees. 
The casino licensees and the foregoing subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “licensed subsidiaries”.

Registration as a Publicly Traded Corporation
Crown is required to be registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation and, as such, is required 
periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and to furnish any other information 
that the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a shareholder or member of, or receive any percentage 
of profits from, the licensed subsidiaries without first obtaining licences and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

Additionally, local authorities have taken the position that they have the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling 
the shares of any corporation controlling a gaming licensee. Crown and the licensed subsidiaries have obtained from the 
Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licences required in order to engage in gaming 
activities in Nevada.

38

 
 
 
 
N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Suitability of Individuals
Power to investigate

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, 
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business 
associate of a gaming licensee.

Officers, Directors and certain key employees of the licensed subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming 
Authorities and may be required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Crown’s officers, Directors and key 
employees who are actively and directly involved in the gaming activities of the licensed subsidiaries may be required 
to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing or a finding of suitability for any cause they deem 
reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing and both require submission of detailed personal and financial 
information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability, or the gaming licensee 
by which the applicant is employed or for whom the applicant serves, must pay all the costs of the investigation.

Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition to their authority to deny 
an application for a finding of suitability for a licence, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change 
in a corporate position.

Consequences of finding of unsuitability

If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, Director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or to continue having 
a relationship with Crown or the licensed subsidiaries, such company or companies would have to sever all relationships with 
that person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Crown or the licensed subsidiaries to terminate the employment 
of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing 
are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.

Reporting requirements

Crown and the licensed subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. 
Substantially all of Crown and the licensed subsidiaries’ material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions 
must be reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission.

Consequences of Violation of the Nevada Act
If the Nevada Commission determined that Crown or a licensed subsidiary violated the Nevada Act, it could limit, condition, 
suspend or revoke, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures, Crown’s Nevada gaming licences 
and those of Crown’s licensed subsidiaries. In addition, Crown and the licensed subsidiaries and the persons involved could 
be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission.

Certain Beneficial Holders of Shares Required to be Licensed

Generally

Any beneficial holder of Crown’s voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application, 
be investigated and have his or her suitability as a beneficial holder of the voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission 
has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of Nevada. 
The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation.

The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of any class of Crown’s voting securities to report the 
acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class 
of Crown’s voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman 
of the Nevada Board mails a written notice requiring such filing.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 39

 
 
N EVADA INFORMATION STATEM ENT  CO NTINUED

Institutional investors

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” as defined in the Nevada Act, who acquires more than 10% but not 
more than 25% of any class of Crown’s voting securities, may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding 
of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only.

An institutional investor will be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes if it acquires and holds the voting 
securities in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, 
the election of a majority of the members of Crown’s Board of Directors, any change in Crown’s Constitution, management, 
policies or operations or any of Crown’s gaming affiliates or any other action that the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent 
with holding Crown’s voting securities for investment purposes only.

Activities that are deemed to be consistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include:
(cid:129)  voting on all matters voted on by shareholders;
(cid:129)  making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational 

purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and

(cid:129)  such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent.

Corporations and trusts

If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit 
detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs 
of investigation.

Consequences of finding of unsuitability

Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a licence within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the 
Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a nominee 
if the nominee, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly 
or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of Crown’s shares beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada 
Commission may be guilty of a criminal offence in Nevada. Crown will be subject to disciplinary action if, after Crown receives 
notice that a person is unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any other relationship with Crown or a licensed subsidiary, 
Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries:
(cid:129)  pays that person any dividend or interest upon any of Crown’s voting securities;
(cid:129)  allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person;
(cid:129)  pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or
(cid:129)  fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting securities including, 

if necessary, the immediate purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair market value.

Certain Debt Holders Required to be Licensed
The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any of Crown’s debt securities to file an application, 
be investigated and be found suitable to hold the debt security. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable 
to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, Crown can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without 
the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it:
(cid:129)  pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest or any distribution whatsoever;
(cid:129)  recognises any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities;
(cid:129)  pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or
(cid:129)  makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation 

or similar transaction.

40

 
 
N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Maintenance of Share Register
Crown is required to maintain a current share register in Nevada that may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities 
at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the 
identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding 
the record holder unsuitable. Crown is also required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial 
owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require Crown’s holding statements or share certificates bear a legend 
indicating that such securities are subject to the Nevada Act. To date, however, the Nevada Commission has not imposed 
such a requirement on Crown.

Actions Requiring Prior Approval of the Nevada Commission
Public offerings to fund Nevada gambling activities

Crown may not make a public offering of any securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities 
or the proceeds there from are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada or to retire 
or extend obligations incurred for those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if given, does not constitute a finding, 
recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus 
or the investment merits of the securities. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

Transactions effecting a change in control

Changes in control of Crown through merger, consolidation, share or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements 
or any act or conduct by a person whereby he or she obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada 
Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a registered corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and the Nevada 
Commission concerning a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of the registered corporation. The Nevada 
Commission may also require controlling shareholders, officers, Directors and other persons having a material relationship 
or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process 
relating to the transaction.

Share buy-backs and other arrangements

Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before Crown can make exceptional repurchases 
of voting securities above the current market price and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be 
consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalisation proposed by a registered corporation’s 
Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the registered corporation’s shareholders for the purpose 
of acquiring control of that corporation.

Investigation and Monitoring of “Foreign Gaming Operations”
Because Crown is involved in gaming ventures outside of Nevada, Crown is required to deposit with the Nevada Board and 
thereafter maintain a revolving fund in the amount of US$10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board 
of Crown’s participation in such gaming.

The Nevada Board refers to any of Crown’s operations outside of Nevada as “foreign gaming operations”. The revolving fund 
is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Crown is also required to comply with certain 
reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Crown would be subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada 
Commission if Crown:
(cid:129)  knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation;
(cid:129)  fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada 

gaming operations;

(cid:129)  engages in any activity or enters into any association that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable threat to the 
control of gaming in Nevada, reflects or tends to reflect discredit or disrepute upon the State of Nevada or gaming in Nevada 
or is contrary to the gaming policies of Nevada;

(cid:129)  engages in any activity or enters into any association that interferes with the ability of the State of Nevada to collect gaming 

taxes and fees; or

(cid:129)  employs, contracts with or associates with any person in the foreign gaming operation who has been denied a license 
or a finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability or who has been found guilty of cheating at gambling.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 41

 
 
Directors’ Statutory Report

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Company Information 
Review of operations

A review of operations of the Crown Limited (Crown) group for the financial year ended 30 June 2012 and the results of those 
operations is detailed on pages 6 to 28.

The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group is gaming and entertainment. 

Significant changes in state of affairs

Some of the significant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated group since 1 July 2011 include:
(cid:129)  In July 2011, Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE) completed the acquisition of a 60% equity interest in Macau Studio City, 
a large scale integrated gaming, retail and entertainment resort to be developed in Macau jointly by MCE and New 
Cotai Holdings, LLC.

(cid:129)  In August 2011, MCE announced that it had applied to the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (SEHK) for a proposed dual 

listing of its shares and was evaluating a possible global offering of SEHK listed shares to local and international investors. 
The dual listing completed on 7 December 2011.

(cid:129)  On 25 August 2011, Crown announced its intention to conduct an on market share buy-back of up to 30 million of its ordinary 
shares. This number represented approximately 4% of Crown shares then on issue. The on market buy-back completed 
on 7 October 2011. The consideration paid for the 30 million shares bought back was approximately $238 million.

(cid:129)  On 20 September 2011, it was announced that the Crown Board had resolved to wind up its existing Executive Share Plan 
and to replace that Plan with a new Long Term Incentive Plan, details of which are more fully described in the Remuneration 
Report. The wind-up of the Executive Share Plan completed in October 2011.

(cid:129)  On 24 February 2012, it was announced that Crown held a 10% interest in Echo Entertainment Group Limited by way 

of a derivative to be settled by the delivery of Echo shares. It was further announced that, on account of restrictions in the 
Echo Constitution, Crown had sought relevant regulatory approvals to increase its voting power in Echo beyond 10%.

(cid:129)  On 8 March 2012, Crown announced that the transfer of shares in Echo Entertainment Group Limited to it had completed, 
resulting in Pennwin Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crown) becoming the registered holder of 68,801,000 Echo shares.

Significant events after Balance Date

Subsequent to 30 June 2012, the Directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year 
ending 30 June 2012. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents 19 cents per share. The final dividend 
will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income. The dividend has not 
been provided for in the 30 June 2012 financial statements.

In addition:
(cid:129)  On 1 August 2012, it was announced that Crown will develop a new luxury six star hotel at its Crown Perth integrated resort.
(cid:129)  On 2 August 2012, Crown announced that it had signed an Exclusive Dealing Agreement with Lend Lease Corporation 

Limited in relation to a proposed development of a world class, six star resort at Barangaroo South, Sydney.

(cid:129)  On 3 August 2012, Crown announced that it had recently raised $300 million through a new five year bond issue, which 
was distributed predominantly to institutional investors in Australia and Asia. The proceeds from the issue were used 
to repay existing debt, diversify Crown’s funding sources and extend its debt maturity profile.

(cid:129)  On 13 August 2012, Crown announced that it had launched an offer of dated, unsecured, subordinated, cumulative 

notes (Crown Subordinated Notes) to raise approximately $400 million, with the ability to raise more or less. Following the 
completion of the bookbuild process for Crown Subordinated Notes, the Margin was set at 5.00%. On 14 September 2012 
it was announced that the offer of Crown Subordinated Notes had closed, with Crown successfully raising $532 million.

42

 
 
Likely developments

Other than the developments described in this Report and the accompanying review of operations, the Directors are of the 
opinion that no other matter or circumstance will significantly affect the operations and expected results for the Crown group.

Environmental regulation

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (the NGER Act) established a mandatory reporting system for 
corporate greenhouse gas emissions and energy production and consumption. Crown is required to report emissions under 
the NGER Act. Relevant reports have been submitted during the year.

Key features of the NGER Act are:
(cid:129)  reporting of greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production by large corporations;
(cid:129)  corporate level public disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and energy information; and
(cid:129)  to provide consistent and comparable data for decision making.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

The Federal Government’s Clean Energy Legislation was introduced on 1 July 2012. Under this legislation, Crown Melbourne 
is considered a ‘liable entity’ and is required to register with the Clean Energy Regulator and surrender carbon units on an 
annual basis.

Crown is also subject to the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 which encourages large energy-using businesses 
to improve their energy efficiency. It does this by requiring businesses to identify, evaluate and report publicly on cost effective 
energy savings opportunities. Crown submits reports in line with the required reporting schedule.

At a state level, Crown Melbourne is subject to the Victorian Government’s Environment & Resource Efficiency Plans (EREP), 
which requires all large commercial and industrial facilities to prepare a plan identifying actions to reduce energy and water 
use and waste generation. Under the Western Australian Water By-laws legislation, Crown Perth is required to complete 
annual water management assessments and submit water efficiency management plans.

The Crown group is not otherwise subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under Australian law. 
Environmental issues are, however, important to Crown and it has taken a number of initiatives in this regard. A description 
of those initiatives is set out in the Sustainability section of this Report.

Dividends and distributions

Interim Dividend: Crown paid an interim dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 17 April 2012. The dividend was 50% 
franked. None of the unfranked component was conduit foreign income.

Final Dividend: The Directors of Crown have announced a final dividend of 19 cents per ordinary share to shareholders 
registered as at 28 September 2012. The final divided will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend 
will be conduit foreign income.

In summary:

Interim Dividend paid

Final Dividend payable

Total

Dividend per share

18 cents per share

19 cents per share

37 cents per share

Crown paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 2011 financial year of $141.6 million.

$’000

131,111

138,395

269,506

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 43

 
 
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Directors and Officers

Director details

Set out below are the names of each person who has been a Director of Crown during or since year end and the period 
for which they have been a Director. There are twelve current Directors.

  Name Date 

  Appointed Date

Ceased

  James Douglas Packer 

  John Henry Alexander 

  Benjamin Alexander Brazil 

  Helen Anne Coonan

  Christopher Darcy Corrigan 

  Rowen Bruce Craigie 

  Rowena Danziger 

  Geoffrey James Dixon 

  John Stephen Horvath 

  Ashok Jacob 

  Michael Roy Johnston 

  Harold Charles Mitchell 

  06-Jul-07

  06-Jul-07

  26-Jun-09

  2-Dec-11

  06-Jul-07

  31-May-07

  06-Jul-07

  06-Jul-07

  09-Sep-10

  06-Jul-07

  06-Jul-07

  10-Feb-11

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

At Crown’s 2011 Annual General Meeting, Mr John Alexander, Mr Christopher Corrigan and Mr Geoffrey Dixon stood 
for re-election as Directors. As required by Crown’s Constitution, having been appointed a director in February 2011, 
Mr Harold Mitchell also stood for election at Crown’s 2011 AGM. Each was re-elected as a Director at that time.

The details of each Director’s qualifications and experience as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of all directorships 
of other Australian listed companies held in the three years before the end of the financial year have been included.

James D Packer, Executive Chairman 
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Packer is the Executive Chairman of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, a family company. Consolidated Press Holdings 
Limited is a 48.09% shareholder in Crown Limited and is a 50% shareholder in ASX listed Consolidated Media Holdings Limited, 
owner of interests in FOXTEL and FOX SPORTS.

Mr Packer is Deputy Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and is a director of various companies including 
Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited and Melco Crown Entertainment Limited.

Mr Packer is the Chair of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Challenger Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009
(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 28 April 1992 to current
(cid:129)  SEEK Limited: from 31 October 2003 to 26 August 2009
(cid:129)  Sunland Group Limited: from 20 July 2006 to 13 August 2009
(cid:129)  Ten Network Holdings Limited: from 13 December 2010 to 2 March 2011

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John H Alexander BA, Executive Deputy Chairman
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Alexander is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Crown Limited, Executive Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings 
Limited and is also a director of a number of companies, including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited, Aspers 
Holdings (Jersey) Limited, Foxtel Management Pty Limited and FOX SPORTS Australia Pty Limited.

Prior to 2007, Mr Alexander was the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited 
from 2004, the Chief Executive of ACP Magazines Limited from 1999 and PBL’s group media division comprising ACP 
Magazines Limited and the Nine Network from 2002.

Before joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the Editor-in-Chief, Publisher & Editor of The Sydney Morning Herald and 
Editor-in-Chief of The Australian Financial Review.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Mr Alexander is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 1999 to current
(cid:129)  SEEK Limited: from 17 April 2009 to 26 August 2009

Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Brazil is an Executive Director of Macquarie Bank Limited and is Co-Head of its Corporate and Asset Finance Group. He 
originally commenced employment at Macquarie in 1994 and has operated across a range of geographies and business lines 
during the course of his career. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Queensland.

Mr Brazil is the Chairman of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Crown Finance Committee.

The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Ms Coonan is a former Senator for New South Wales serving in the Australian Parliament from 1996 to 2011. 

She holds degrees in Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws from the University of Sydney. Prior to entering Parliament she 
worked as a lawyer including as principal of her own legal firm, as a partner in law firm Gadens, as a commercial barrister 
in Australia and as an attorney in New York. 

In Parliament, Ms Coonan served as the Deputy Leader of the Government in the Senate. She was appointed to Cabinet 
as the Minister for Communications, Information Technology and the Arts and was shareholder Minister for Telstra Corporation 
and Australia Post. She also served as the Minister for Revenue and Assistant Treasurer and had portfolio oversight of the 
Australian Taxation Office and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.

Ms Coonan is a member of the Advisory Council of J.P. Morgan, a Trustee of the Sydney Opera House Trust, Chair 
of the Conservation Council of the Opera House Trust, Member of the Australian World Heritage Advisory Committee and 
a Non-Executive Director of Obesity Australia Limited. She is also a member of Chief Executive Women.

Christopher D Corrigan, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
From March 1990 to July 2006, Mr Corrigan was Managing Director of Patrick Corporation Limited, Australia’s largest container 
terminal operator and stevedore. Patrick Corporation Limited also had interests in land-based logistics, freight rail transportation 
and aviation through Virgin Blue.

In 1990, Mr Corrigan sponsored the formation of a development capital business, Jamison Equity, which in December 1996 
became a wholly owned subsidiary of the then publicly listed company Patrick Corporation Limited.

Prior to that, Mr Corrigan had a career with Bankers Trust spanning 20 years, including periods as Managing Director 
of Bankers Trust in Australia and then the Asia-Pacific region.

In September 2011, Mr Corrigan became the Chairman of Qube Logistics Holdings Limited. He is also a Director of Consolidated 
Media Holdings Limited.

Mr Corrigan is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 March 2006 to current
(cid:129)  Qube Logistics Holdings Limited: from 23 March 2011 to current
(cid:129)  Webster Limited: from 30 November 2007 to 9 July 2010

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 45

 
 
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED

D
C
C
o
o
i
r
r
r
e
p
p
c
o
o
t
o
r
r
a
a
r
s
t
t
e
e
’
S
G
G
t
o
o
a
v
v
t
u
e
e
t
r
r
o
n
n
r
a
a
y
n
n
R
c
c
e
e
e
p
S
S
o
t
t
a
a
r
t
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t

Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons), Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Craigie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director in 2007. He is also a director of Crown Melbourne 
Limited, Burswood Limited, Melco Crown Entertainment Limited and Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Limited.

Mr Craigie previously served from 2005 to 2007 as the Chief Executive Officer of PBL Gaming and as the Chief Executive Officer 
of Crown Melbourne Limited from 2002 to 2007. Mr Craigie joined Crown Melbourne Limited in 1993 and was appointed 
as the Executive General Manager of its Gaming Machines department in 1996 and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer 
in 2000.

Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was the Group General Manager for Gaming at the TAB in Victoria from 
1990 to 1993 and held senior economic policy positions in Treasury and the Department of Industry in Victoria from 1984 to 1990.

Mr Craigie is a member of Crown’s Investment, Occupational Health, Safety & Environment, Responsible Gaming and Risk 
Management Committees.

Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30 years in various Australian and American educational institutions. 
Mrs Danziger was the Headmistress at Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003. She is currently Chairperson of The 
Foundation of the Art Gallery of NSW.

Mrs Danziger is also a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Crown Melbourne Limited and is Chair of the 
Crown Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee and a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, 
Responsible Gaming and Risk Management Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 17 September 1997 to current

Geoffrey J Dixon, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Dixon is Chairman of the Australian Government’s major tourism marketing organisation, Tourism Australia, and Chairman 
of the Garvan Medical Research Foundation.

Mr Dixon also sits on the boards of publicly listed Australian companies, Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Facilitate 
Digital Holdings Limited. 

He is on the boards of Voyages Indigenous Tourism Australia, the Museum of Contemporary Art and the Great Barrier Reef 
Foundation and is an Ambassador for the Australian Indigenous Education Foundation. Mr Dixon has also worked in the 
media, mining and government sectors.

Mr Dixon was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Qantas Airways Limited from 2001 to 2008. He joined Qantas 
Airways Limited in 1994 and was also Chief Commercial Officer and, for two years, Deputy Chief Executive.

Mr Dixon is the Chair of the Crown Finance, Nomination and Remuneration and Risk Management Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to current
(cid:129)  Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited: from 9 July 2009 to current

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Professor Horvath was the Australian Government Chief Medical Officer from 2003 to 2009. He is currently continuing 
to advise the Department of Health & Ageing and the School of Medicine, University of Sydney, and holds the position 
of Honorary Professor of Medicine.

Professor Horvath is a Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians and is a distinguished practitioner, researcher 
and teacher. Professor Horvath sits on the Board of the Garvan Research Foundation, the Centenary Institute of Medical 
Research and Health Workforce Australia. He is a member of the Advisory Board to the World Health Organisation Influenza 
Collaborating Centre, a member of the Advisory Council to the Australian Organ and Tissue Donation Agency and a member 
of the Finance and Administration Committee of the School of Medicine at the University of Sydney.

Professor Horvath was previously Clinical Professor of Medicine at the University of Sydney. He is also known as a leader 
in a range of medical training and workforce organisations. He is also a former President of the Australian Medical Council 
and the NSW Medical Board.

D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t

Professor Horvath is the Chair of the Crown Responsible Gaming Committee and a member of the Crown Occupational 
Health, Safety & Environment Committee.

Ashok Jacob BSc, MBA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Jacob is a Non-Executive Director of Crown Limited as well as a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited.

Mr Jacob is the Chairman of Ellerston Capital. Mr Jacob was the CEO of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited from 
2006 to 2011 and previously the Joint CEO from 1998 to 2006.

Mr Jacob is a director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and a director of MRF Limited.

Mr Jacob holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor 
of Science from the University of Bangalore. 

Mr Jacob is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 November 1998 to 8 April 2009, reappointed on 10 September 2009 to current

Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to 8 September 2009

Michael R Johnston BEc, CA, Non-independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, having previously been an advisor to the 
Consolidated Press Holdings Group for 17 years. As Finance Director, Mr Johnston oversees a large number of operational 
businesses within the Consolidated Press Holdings Group and its controlled associates. Mr Johnston was also the Chief 
Financial Officer of Ellerston Capital (a subsidiary of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited) until 30 June 2008. He is an alternate 
Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited.

Prior to his appointment with the Consolidated Press Holdings Group, Mr Johnston was a senior partner in the Australian 
member firm of Ernst & Young. Mr Johnston was also on the Board of Partners of Ernst & Young, Australia. 

Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from Sydney University and is an Associate of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of Australia. Mr Johnston is a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Finance and Occupational 
Health, Safety & Environment Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 2005 to 8 April 2009 (from 8 April 2009, alternate director 

to Mr James Packer and Mr Guy Jalland; from 10 September 2009 to current, alternate director to Mr Ashok Jacob)
(cid:129)  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 24 February 2006 to 8 September 2009 (alternate director 

to Mr James Packer and Mr Ashok Jacob)

(cid:129)  Living and Leisure Australia Group: from 23 August 2011 to 10 February 2012

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

47

 
 
 
 
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED

D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t

Harold C Mitchell AC, Independent, Non-Executive Director
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Harold Mitchell is the founder of Mitchell & Partners and Executive Chairman of Aegis Media Pacific. Since he started Mitchell 
& Partners in 1976, the company has evolved to become the largest media and communications group in Australia today, with 
a growing presence in New Zealand and across the Asia-Pacific region.

In December 2000, he launched the Harold Mitchell Foundation which distributes funds between health and the arts. He has 
been Chairman of the National Gallery of Australia, President of the Melbourne International Festival of Arts, Director of Deakin 
Foundation, President of the Museums Board of Victoria and a Board Member of the Opera Australia Council.

Mr Mitchell holds a large number of community roles including Chairman CARE Australia, Chairman of the Melbourne Symphony 
Orchestra, Chairman of ThoroughVision, Chairman and Owner of the Melbourne Rebels Rugby Union team, Chairman of TVS 
(University of Western Sydney’s television service for Greater Sydney), Chairman of Art Exhibitions Australia, Chairman of the 
Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental Health and Vice President of Tennis Australia.

In December 2002, Deakin University conferred on him an honorary degree of Doctor of Laws. In 2003, he delivered the 
Andrew Olle Memorial Lecture on Media. 

In January 2004, he was awarded the Officer of the Order of Australia for his services as a benefactor and fundraiser in support 
of artistic and cultural endeavour.

On 28 July 2005, he was awarded the Richard Pratt Business Leader Award given by the Australian Business Arts Foundation 
in recognition of excellence in arts leadership.

Mr Mitchell was appointed Companion of the Order of Australia in 2010 for eminent service to the community through leadership 
and philanthropic endeavours in the fields of art, health and education and as a supporter of humanitarian aid in Timor-Leste 
and Indigenous communities.

In December 2011, Mr Mitchell was awarded an Honorary Doctorate – Doctor of Business Honoris Causa, by RMIT University 
and in 2012 he was inducted into the Adnews Hall of Fame.

Mr Mitchell is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:

(cid:129)  Mitchell Communication Group Limited – From 10 March 2000 to 24 November 2010 (removed from ASX)

Notes:
1. Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (previously Publishing and Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL).

Company secretary details

Michael J Neilson BA, LLB
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and joint Company Secretary. Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was General 
Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, a position he held from 2004 to 2007.

Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10 years in a commercial legal practice in Melbourne before joining 
the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as General Counsel for Lend Lease Property Management.

In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of General Property Trust, the position he held until 
joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004.

Mr Neilson is also a member of the Board of Trustees of the International Association of Gaming Advisers (IAGA) and a member 
of the School Council of Camberwell Grammar School.

Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in April 2008. She commenced employment with the Crown group 
in October 2007 just prior to implementation of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme. Prior to joining Crown, 
Ms Manos was a Senior Associate in a Melbourne law firm, specialising in mergers and acquisitions and corporate law. 
Ms Manos is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

48

 
 
 
 
Other officer details

In addition to the above, Crown’s principal officers include:
(cid:129)  Kenneth M Barton

Chief Financial Officer

(cid:129)  W Todd Nisbet

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Development

(cid:129)  Greg F Hawkins

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne (from 5 December 2011)

(cid:129)  Barry J Felstead

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth

Relevant interests of Directors

Details of relevant interests of current Directors in Crown shares as at 30 June 2012 were as follows:

D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t

Director 

John Alexander 

Rowen Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

Harold Mitchell 

James Packer 

Notes:

Total number of ordinary shares1 

506,047

35,2172

30,896

114,887

350,311,967

1.  For more information on relevant interests of current Directors, please see the Remuneration Report and the key management personnel 

disclosures set out in the Notes to the Financial Statements.

2.  The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan. 

Mr Craigie may become entitled to have those shares transferred to him after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions in the 2010 Crown Limited 
Long Term Incentive Plan are met.

Other than in connection with Crown’s Long Term Incentive Plan which is described in the Remuneration Report, none 
of Crown’s Directors is party to any contract which would give that Director the right to call for the delivery of shares in Crown.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

49

 
 
 
 
D IRE C TO RS’ STATUTORY REPORT CO NTINUED

D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t

Board and Committee meetings

Set out below are details of the number of Board meetings and Committee meetings held by Crown during the 2012 financial 
year together with each Director’s attendance details.

Audit & 
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee

Nomination 
and 
Remuneration 
Committee

Occupational 
Health, Safety 
& Environment 
Committee

Finance 
Committee

Responsible 
Gaming 
Committee

Risk 
Management 
Committee

Board

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Meetings

Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended

J D Packer 

J H Alexander 

B A Brazil 

H L Coonan*

C D Corrigan 

R B Craigie 

R Danziger 

G J Dixon 

J S Horvath

A P Jacob 

M R Johnston 

H C Mitchell

7

7

7

4

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

4

7

7

7

7

6

6

7

7

* Appointed 2 December 2011 

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

6

6

6

6

6

6

2

2

2

2

2

2

The Corporate Governance Statement includes details on Committee structure and membership during the year. 

Under Crown’s Constitution, its Board and Committee Charters, documents containing written resolutions assented 
to by Directors are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of Directors or of a Committee (as the case may be). There were two 
written resolutions assented to by the Board this financial year. There were also two written resolutions assented to by the 
Investment Committee and one by the Finance Committee. The Investment Committee did not formally meet this financial year.

Shares and Options
Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares. There are no unissued shares or interests under option. No shares 
or interests have been issued during or since year end as a result of option exercise.

Indemnity and Insurance of Officers and Auditors

Director and officer indemnities

Crown indemnifies certain persons as detailed in its Constitution in accordance with the terms of the Crown Constitution.

Directors’ and officers’ insurance

During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to insure officers of the Crown group against certain liabilities.

The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature of the insurance cover and the amount of the insurance payable.

50

 
 
 
 
D
C
o
i
r
r
e
p
c
o
t
o
r
a
r
s
t
e
’
S
G
t
o
a
v
t
u
e
t
r
o
n
r
a
y
n
R
c
e
e
p
S
o
t
a
r
t
t
e
m
e
n
t

Auditor Information
Auditor details

Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.

Mr Brett Kallio is the Ernst & Young partner responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.

True and fair information

There is no additional true and fair information included in the financial report.

Non-audit services

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor are outlined 
in note 28 of the Financial Report.

Crown acquires non-audit services from Ernst & Young, largely in respect of taxation matters relating to pre-demerger and 
ongoing taxation items. These include, but are not limited to, matters in respect of the financial years ending on or prior 
to 30 June 2007, which at the time of the de-merger of Crown and Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (then Publishing and 
Broadcasting Limited (PBL)) agreed they would share as follows:
(cid:129)  Crown: 75 per cent; and
(cid:129)  CMH: 25 per cent.

The ratio of non-audit to audit services provided by Ernst & Young to Crown is approximately 4.9:1. This ratio reflects that:
(cid:129)  Ernst & Young advised Crown on matters relating to Crown’s involvement in the listing of MCE on SEHK, Crown’s acquisition 
of its interest in Echo Entertainment Group Limited, the Exclusive Dealing Agreement with Lend Lease Corporation Limited; and
(cid:129)  The fees paid by Crown to Ernst & Young in respect of non-audit services, largely taxation advisory services, mostly reflect 

taxation matters pre-dating the PBL de-merger (which occurred in December 2007).

In the absence of pre-demerger matters, the ratio of non-audit services to audit services provided by Ernst & Young would 
be lower.

The Directors are satisfied that the non-audit services are compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Board considers that the nature and scope of the services provided do not affect 
auditor independence.

Rounding

The amounts contained in the financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars (where rounding 
is applicable) under the option available to Crown under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. Crown is an entity to which the Class 
Order applies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

51

 
 
 
 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Remuneration Report

This Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June 2012, outlines the Director and executive remuneration arrangements 
of Crown in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its Regulations. For the purposes 
of this report, key management personnel (KMP) of the Crown group are defined as those persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the Crown group, directly or indirectly, including any 
Director (whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company. For further details of KMP, refer to note 30 of the Financial 
Report. The disclosures in the Remuneration Report have been audited.

The Remuneration Report is presented under the following sections:

1.  Introduction

2.  Response to Vote Against 2011 Remuneration Report

3.  Overview of Remuneration Policy

4.  Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure

(cid:129)  Fixed Remuneration
(cid:129)  Performance Based Remuneration

 – Short Term Incentives

 – Long Term Incentive: 2010 Crown LTI

(cid:129)  Relationship between Remuneration Policy and Company Performance
(cid:129)  Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

5.  Remuneration details for Non-Executive Directors (including statutory remuneration disclosures)

6.  Remuneration details for Senior Executives

(cid:129)  Executive Contract Summaries
(cid:129)  Statutory Remuneration Disclosures

Introduction
Persons to whom Report applies

The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the following persons:

Non-Executive Directors

(cid:129)  Benjamin A Brazil
(cid:129)  Helen A Coonan (appointed 2 December 2011)
(cid:129)  Christopher D Corrigan
(cid:129)  Rowena Danziger
(cid:129)  Geoffrey J Dixon
(cid:129)  John S Horvath 
(cid:129)  Ashok Jacob
(cid:129)  Michael R Johnston
(cid:129)  Harold C Mitchell

Executive Directors
(cid:129)  James D Packer (Executive Chairman)
(cid:129)  John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)
(cid:129)  Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

Other company executives and key management personnel

(cid:129)  Kenneth M Barton (Chief Financial Officer)
(cid:129)  Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth)
(cid:129)  Greg F Hawkins (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne from 5 December 2011)
(cid:129)  W Todd Nisbet (Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development)

52

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

In this Report the group of persons comprised of the Executive Directors and the other company executives and key 
management personnel (listed above) are referred to as “Senior Executives”.

Response to vote Against 2011 Remuneration Report
At Crown’s 2011 Annual General Meeting, Crown received votes against its Remuneration Report representing greater 
than 25% of the votes cast by persons entitled to vote. In other words, Crown received a “First Strike” against its 2011 
Remuneration Report.

In these circumstances, the Corporations Act 2001 requires Crown to include in this year’s Remuneration Report, an explanation 
of the Board’s proposed action in response to that First Strike or, alternatively, if the Board does not propose any action, the 
Board’s reason for such inaction.

Crown’s response to the First Strike was to arrange for senior management to meet with proxy advisers and key institutional 
investors to discuss and to understand the main reasons why Crown received the vote against the 2011 Remuneration Report.

In summary, the common theme identified was the need for a more extensive explanation of the rationale behind the new 
Crown Long Term Incentive Scheme (the Crown LTI) and for more visibility on the actual performance against the relevant 
hurdles for the Crown LTI. In last year’s Remuneration Report, the Crown LTI was described as a mechanism for rewarding 
relevant senior executives for achieving certain “earnings per share targets”. Crown has been requested to provide further 
disclosure about:
(cid:129)  how the earnings per share targets are developed and set;
(cid:129)  why “earnings per share” is an appropriate target for the Crown LTI (as opposed to other available measures);
(cid:129)  what the earnings per share targets over the life of the Crown LTI are; and
(cid:129)  certain features of the Crown LTI such as the right of participants to receive dividends, the ability of the Plan to respond 
to control or capital reconstruction events and factors in the Crown LTI which are designed to ameliorate “cliff’s edge” 
vesting of bonus tranches.

In addition, Crown has been asked to provide a response to the perceived high level of fixed remuneration of the Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing Director.

Crown’s 2012 Remuneration Report has been amended and expanded to respond to the feedback referred to above.

Crown has not, however, amended its overall remuneration policy. The Crown Board remains confident that Crown’s 
remuneration policy and the level and structure of its executive remuneration are suitable for the company and its shareholders.

Subsequent to the 2011 Annual General Meeting, the Crown Board and the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
has not engaged any remuneration consultants to advise on remuneration policy or the level or structure of its executive 
remuneration. A consultant, Egan & Associates, has, however, reviewed this Remuneration Report and provided advice 
on the drafting of the Report. 

Overview of Remuneration Policy
Philosophy

Crown is a company that provides outstanding customer service and to remain competitive Crown must continue to enhance 
the experience of all customers who visit Crown’s properties. As a result, the performance of the Crown group is highly 
dependent upon the quality of its Directors, senior executives and employees. 

Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled Directors and senior executives in leadership positions of the highest calibre.

Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a person’s duties and responsibilities, 
that remuneration is appropriate and competitive both internally and as against comparable companies and that there is a direct 
link between remuneration and performance.

Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for Non-Executive Directors and senior executives.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 53

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

Non-Executive Directors

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The process for determining remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors has the objective of ensuring maximum benefit 
for Crown by the retention of a high quality Board. 

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee bears the responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration for 
Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee with reference taken to the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors of comparable companies. The Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee is subject to the direction and control of the Board.

In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors, the Committee may also elect 
to receive advice from independent remuneration consultants, if necessary. Details regarding the composition of the Committee 
and its main objectives are outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
is comprised solely of Non-Executive independent directors.

No performance based fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in Crown’s 
long term incentive plan (described more fully below) and were not entitled to participate in Crown’s Executive Share Plan.

Non-Executive Directors are not provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation at the rate prescribed 
under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.

Senior Executives

The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and performance based remuneration. The following section provides 
an overview of the fixed and performance based elements of executive remuneration. The summary tables provided later in this 
Report indicate which elements apply to each Senior Executive.

Crown’s key strategies and business focuses are to:
(cid:129)  continue to maximise the performance of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and to manage the significant capital 

expenditure programs currently underway to deliver value for shareholders; 

(cid:129)  work with MCE to maximise the value of MCE’s Macau business;
(cid:129)  improve the profitability of Crown’s international joint ventures; and
(cid:129)  assess other relevant growth opportunities.

Senior Executive remuneration structure is tied to these strategies and focuses.

Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure
Fixed remuneration

The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base level of remuneration which is appropriate to the Senior Executive’s 
responsibilities, the geographic location of the Senior Executive and competitive standing in the appropriate market.

Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference to available market data, the scope and any unique aspects 
of an individual’s role and having regard to the qualifications and experience of the individual. From time to time, Crown seeks 
a range of specialist advice to establish the competitive remuneration for its Senior Executives.

Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and superannuation at the rate prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee 
legislation, mobile telephone costs, complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and may include, at the 
election of the Senior Executive, other benefits such as a motor vehicle, additional contribution to superannuation, car parking 
and staff gym membership, aggregated with associated fringe benefits tax to represent the total employment cost (TEC) 
of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown.

Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) is reviewed annually 
by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Executive Chairman of Crown and is approved by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee.

54

 
The review process measures the achievement by the Senior Executives of their Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) 
established at the beginning of the financial year (see further below), the performance of Crown and the business in which 
the Senior Executive is employed, relevant comparative remuneration in the market and relevant external advice.

Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and approved 
annually following consideration by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of his or her performance against his or her 
annual KPOs.

The fixed remuneration for Crown’s Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Mr Rowen Craigie, was determined in 2007 
as part of the de-merger of the gaming businesses of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and listing of Crown Limited 
in December 2007. Details of Mr Craigie’s remuneration, including his fixed remuneration, were included in the Demerger 
Scheme Booklet issued by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and considered by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited 
shareholders at the Scheme meeting on 30 November 2007. Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration has not changed since that date.

Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration is in the top quartile of ASX top 50 listed companies. Mr Craigie’s maximum short term incentive, 
however, is at the 75th percentile for the same group and below the median level on a realised basis. In addition, Mr Craigie’s 
fixed remuneration is comparable to the CEOs of global gaming companies with operations across several jurisdictions. 
When taken together with his potential STI payment, Mr Craigie’s remuneration is below the average of his peers in the 
global gaming industry.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The global gaming industry is highly competitive and the Board believes Mr Craigie’s skills and experience in developing and 
operating major integrated resorts are in high demand in this industry. The Board believes that these capabilities, together 
with Mr Craigie’s longstanding association with Crown’s Australian businesses, are valuable to the group and that accordingly, 
Mr Craigie’s remuneration (which was negotiated in 2007) remains appropriate.

Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s contract of employment. 
For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of employment, see page 67.

Performance based remuneration

The performance based components of remuneration for Senior Executives seek to align the rewards attainable by Senior 
Executives with the achievement of particular annual and long term objectives of Crown and the creation of shareholder value 
over the short and long term. The performance based components which applied to the Senior Executives during the year 
are as follows:
(cid:129)  Short Term Incentives (STI); and
(cid:129)  Long Term Incentives (the Crown LTI).

The predecessor to the Crown LTI was the Executive Share Plan (ESP). Whilst the ESP was still in operation at the commencement 
of financial year 2012, it was subsequently wound up and provided no practical benefit to Senior Executives.

A key focus of the Crown Board is the achievement of the Crown group’s annual business plan and budget and the long term 
financial plan. In order to provide incentives to executives, each of the STI and the Crown LTI link back to elements of the 
business plan and budget and long term financial plan. It is therefore important to understand how that business plan and 
budget and long term financial plan are developed. 

Development of Long Term Financial Plan (Four Year Financial Plan)

Each year, the Crown Board approves a financial plan which contains the key assumptions and forecasts for each Crown 
group business and for the Crown group as a whole for the four year period commencing in the following financial year 
(Four Year Financial Plan).

The process for developing, reviewing and approving each Four Year Financial Plan is rigorous. Each department in each 
Crown business must prepare a four year financial plan. Key inputs into this process include current operating performance 
and the previously approved Four Year Financial Plan, having regard to:
(cid:129)  performance relative to targets set in the previous Four Year Financial Plan;
(cid:129)  any changes in the business;
(cid:129)  any changes in factors affecting performance over the four year period; and 
(cid:129)  any new strategic initiatives and changes in the market in which those businesses are operating.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 55

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

The targets in each department’s four year financial plan incorporate an underlying target growth in operating profit with 
additional operating profit increases arising from capital expenditure programs, performance improvement initiatives and 
other strategic impacts.

Each department’s four year forecast is consolidated into the relevant business’s four year forecast which is then reviewed 
by the CEO and CFO of the relevant business. 

In turn, each business’s four year forecast is then incorporated into the Four Year Financial Plan and reviewed by the Crown 
Limited CEO and CFO. The Four Year Financial Plan is then reviewed by the Executive Chairman before it is submitted to the 
Crown Board for review and approval.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Development of Annual Business Plan and Budget 

Crown’s annual business plan and budget (Annual Business Plan and Budget) is prepared following approval by the Crown 
Board of the Crown Four Year Financial Plan.

The Annual Business Plan and Budget is based on the first year of the Four Year Financial Plan and details key operational 
strategic initiatives and the risks to be addressed. It is developed on a departmental basis, which is then incorporated into 
each business’s annual budget and business plan and, finally, into the Crown group Annual Business Plan and Budget, 
which then must be approved by the Crown Board.

Short Term Incentives (STI)

The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance through a cash-based STI.

Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the performance of the Crown group in the previous year and the 
performance of the individual against agreed annual KPOs. Senior Executives have a potential or target STI, which is subject 
to the Crown group’s performance and the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPOs established at the beginning of each 
financial year. In summary, the typical KPO structure might comprise the following elements:

Financial Performance Objectives

Performance against budgeted normalised EBITDA1 and/or net profi t after tax.

Typical Non-fi nancial Objectives

(cid:129)  Management of major capital expenditure programs to ensure projects are 
delivered on time and on budget, while minimising disruption at relevant 
Australian properties as well as the subsequent delivery of anticipated benefits 
from those capital programs.

(cid:129)  Reinforcement and delivery of outstanding customer experiences through 

continuous improvement in Crown’s service culture.

(cid:129)  Successful management of Crown stakeholders, including government, media, 
trade unions and community organisations, to achieve targeted outcomes.

(cid:129)  Achievement of successful expansion of customer base for Crown properties 

through marketing or other relevant activities.

(cid:129)  Growth in engagement levels of employees across Crown.

(cid:129)  Achievement of margin improvement targets through the implementation of 
approved programs aimed at reducing costs and increasing asset yield. 

(cid:129)  Achievement (or maintenance) of improvements in key occupational health 

and safety statistics.

(cid:129)  Achievement of VIP turnover growth and market share.

1  In this Report, the term “normalised EBITDA” represents EBITDA which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win 

rate on VIP program play and the impact of significant items (where applicable). 

Financial performance objectives are derived from Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget as the Crown Board considers 
this is the best way to ensure that Crown meets that Annual Business Plan and Budget, aligning performance outcomes with 
shareholder value.

56

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

A failure to achieve relevant financial performance objectives will result in Senior Executives receiving either, no STI bonus 
or, where relevant financial performance objectives are only partially met, a reduced STI bonus. The Crown Board retains 
discretion, however, to pay an STI bonus where financial performance objectives have not been met, but other objectives 
have been achieved. 

Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as those set out above) are also included in a Senior Executive’s KPOs 
where they are within that Senior Executive’s sphere of influence and are relevant to the Senior Executive’s area of work. 
These metrics are aligned with the achievement of Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget.

The performance of each Senior Executive against financial and non-financial KPOs is reviewed on an annual basis. Whether 
KPOs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, having regard to the operational 
performance of the business or function in which the Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director’s assessment of the attainment of the individual’s KPOs.

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Executive Chairman review performance based remuneration 
entitlements and recommend the STI payments, subject to final approval by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
and the Board.

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s eligibility for an STI is reviewed by the Executive Chairman and determined 
by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Board.

In financial year 2012, Crown Limited’s NPAT budget was exceeded and Crown Perth met its financial performance objectives 
for its non-VIP businesses, however, Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were not met. Accordingly, the 
group’s financial performance objectives were only met in part. As a result, STI bonuses were reduced. In addition, given 
the achievement of some important non-financial objectives, the Board exercised its discretion and favourably adjusted the 
STI bonuses for some senior executives.

The CEO received 80% of his target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive any part of his further “discretionary bonus” 
of $1 million for exceptional performance.

For a more detailed commentary on financial year 2012 STI bonuses see page 71.

2010 Crown LTI (Crown LTI)

The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. All Senior Executives 
together with approximately 20 other senior executives in the Crown group participate in the Crown LTI. Most participants 
commenced participating in the Crown LTI with effect from 1 July 2010, but some executives who joined the Crown group 
after this date are participating on a pro rata basis.

Operation of the Crown LTI

 The award of a long term incentive bonus under the Crown LTI is dependent on Crown achieving certain earnings per 
share hurdles (EPS Hurdles) in respect of, or in relation to, the four financial years ending 30 June 2011, 30 June 2012, 
30 June 2013 and 30 June 2014 (each a Plan Year). 

 For the purposes of the Crown LTI, earnings per share (EPS) excludes contribution from Melco Crown Entertainment Limited 
(MCE) and is calculated in accordance with the following formula:

Crown Profit
Total Crown Shares

where:

Crown Profit means, in respect of a Plan Year, the normalised net profit after tax of the group for that Plan Year (excluding 
the contribution made by MCE); and

Total Crown Shares means the average of the largest number of Crown shares on issue during each day during the relevant 
Plan Year.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 57

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

How EPS Hurdles are derived

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The EPS Hurdles adopted in the Crown LTI were derived directly from EPS forecasts put in place in respect of the 2011 Four 
Year Financial Plan (each an EPS Target). Accordingly, the Crown LTI is specifically designed to provide an incentive to senior 
executives participating in the Crown LTI (Participants) to ensure the Four Year Financial Plan from financial year 2011 to financial 
year 2014 is met. The way in which Crown’s Four Year Financial Plans are developed has been described in detail above.

The EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013 are 98% of the EPS Target for the relevant 
year in the Four Year Financial Plan. The EPS Hurdle in financial year 2014 is 100% of the EPS Target for the relevant year 
in the Four Year Financial Plan.

The Four Year Financial Plan upon which EPS Hurdles are based has not been varied and remains the basis for determining 
the Crown LTI bonus payments.

Why EPS has been used as the single measure for Crown LTI

Crown has elected to use earnings per share as the single measure for its Crown LTI. 

Earnings per share targets represent the product of individual business unit future performance projections (as determined 
by relevant executives based on their business unit’s four year financial plan targets). These individual future performance 
projections are aggregated with group costs, interest and taxes to arrive at a Crown group earnings per share target. 

As a result, each executive knows with certainty what performance hurdles need to be met from their respective business 
operations over an extended period in order to meet the EPS Targets. In addition, as the executive group collectively needs 
to achieve the consolidated EPS Target, it fosters a cooperative approach across businesses to ensure the Crown group 
as well as individual business unit outcomes are optimised.

In developing the Crown LTI, consideration was given by the Crown Board to a range of measures as well as multiple 
measures, however, ultimately, it was determined that a single clear, unambiguous target in the form of an earnings per share 
hurdle was best suited to Crown. For example, consideration was given to the use of a relative measure, such as relative total 
shareholder return (TSR), however, it was decided such measures were not appropriate for Crown. This is because there are 
a limited number of comparable companies within any sizeable ASX comparator group and many of the larger companies 
listed on ASX bear little resemblance to Crown (e.g. financial institutions and resource companies). As the results and share 
prices of such companies can be expected to move in line with different economic factors (such as credit conditions and 
global resource market conditions) the Crown Board considered it to be inappropriate to base Crown executives’ long term 
rewards on factors over which Crown executives have little influence.

In addition, the complexity of TSR and other relative measures (to accommodate changes in the comparator group, 
restructurings and capital management initiatives) can, in some cases, cause them to be of limited value in motivating executives 
to individually and collectively deliver outstanding performance. It is difficult for executives to equate their individual performance 
and efforts to the performance of Crown’s share price relative to unrelated and incomparable companies.

Crown acknowledges that its EPS Targets are, to a large degree, an internal measure. However, Crown has disclosed in this 
report its historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles as well as actual EPS, so that shareholders are able to see the “stretch” 
nature of these targets.

H  ow bonuses accrue

If an EPS Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of the potential maximum 
bonus (Maximum Bonus) which may be achieved under the Crown LTI in accordance with the following table:

Plan Year

Plan Year 1

Plan Year 2

Plan Year 3

Plan Year 4

Percentage

15%

20%

25%

40%

Bonuses are only ultimately paid at the end of financial year 2014 either by way of the transfer of shares acquired under the 
Crown LTI or the payment of cash. See further below.

58

 
 Effect of achieving an EPS Hurdle

If an EPS Hurdle is met in respect of a Plan Year, the Crown LTI provides that  Crown will calculate the dollar value of the bonus 
in respect of the relevant Plan Year (Plan Year Bonus) by multiplying the Maximum Bonus for the Participant by the relevant 
percentage applicable to that Plan Year (as set out in the table above).

 If the Plan Year is Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3, Crown will pay the Plan Year Bonus earned by the Participant to the 
nominated Trustee and instruct the Trustee to apply that Plan Year Bonus to acquire Crown shares on market (Participant 
Shares), to be held on trust for the benefit of the Participant until the end of Plan Year 4 at which time the shares will be 
transferred to the Participant.

 If the Plan Year is Plan Year 4, Crown will pay the Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus to the Participant in cash. Crown will also advise 
the Trustee, who will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Effect of not achieving one or more EPS Hurdles

If an EPS Hurdle is not met, the Crown LTI provides as follows:
(cid:129)   if an EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3 is not met, Crown will calculate the Plan Year Bonus 
which would have been applied to the purchase of Participant Shares had the relevant EPS Hurdle been met (Carried Over 
Plan Year Bonus);

(cid:129)  if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is met:

 – the Plan Year 4 Bonus will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash; 

 – the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant; and 

 – if the sum of the EPS Targets for financial year 2011, financial year 2012, financial year 2013 and financial year 2014 
(Cumulative EPS Hurdle) has also been met, any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will also be paid to the relevant 
Participant in cash.

(cid:129)  if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is not met but both the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle (i.e. 98% of the Plan 

Year 4 EPS Target) and the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met:
 – the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash; 

 – any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and

 – the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

(cid:129)  if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle are met but the Cumulative 

EPS Hurdle is met:
 – the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid in cash by Crown to the relevant Participant;

 – any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and 

 – the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

(cid:129)  if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met (whether or not the Fallback 

Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle is met):
 – the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid in cash by Crown to the relevant Participant;

 – any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will lapse and will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant; and 

 – the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 59

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Illustration

The following is an illustration of a range of outcomes which might have been achieved by a Participant under the Crown LTI. 
It does not include every permutation or combination of outcomes which the Crown LTI was designed to achieve.

Key:
(cid:57) = Achieved
(cid:56) = Not achieved.

Year 1 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
15%

Year 2 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
20%

Year 3 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
25%

Year 4 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
40%

Fallback 
Year 4 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
40%

Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash

(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash

(cid:57)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:57)
35% shares
65% cash

(cid:57)
35% shares
25% cash

(cid:57)
15% shares
85% cash

(cid:57)
15% shares
45% cash

(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
No shares
No cash

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

*  Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based 
on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash 
and share proportions.

What happens to dividends earned on Crown shares acquired under the Crown LTI

All dividends received on shares held in trust are passed through to the Participant. All bonuses earned in the final year of 
the Crown LTI (including any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses) will be paid in cash and so no dividends are earned or passed 
through to executives in respect of these bonuses.

What happens if an executive’s employment with Crown ceases

If a Participant’s employment with Crown ceases, then the Participant would not be entitled to any part of his or her Crown 
LTI bonus, except for where the Participant’s employment has been terminated by Crown without cause, in which case the 
Participant will be entitled to any tranche (in the form of shares held on trust) which has vested prior to the date of termination. 
The shares will only be transferred to the Participant after the end of financial year 2014, in accordance with the terms of the 
Crown LTI.

60

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

How EPS Hurdles can be amended

In the event that corporate control events or capital reconstruction events impact the achievement of EPS Hurdles, then the 
Crown Board has discretion to amend the EPS Hurdles in such a way that does not materially disadvantage Participants. 

The Crown Board retains general power to amend the rules of the Crown LTI from time to time.

In financial year 2012, Crown undertook a share buy back during which Crown bought back 30 million Crown shares or 
4% of Crown’s shares then on issue for approximately $238.1 million. The Crown Board has considered the impact of the 
financial year 2012 share buy back along with the impact of other corporate activity undertaken during financial year 2012 
and determined not to adjust the EPS Targets as a result of the financial year 2012 share buy-back. 

How the Crown LTI ameliorates issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting

As noted above, Crown was requested to provide more information about the nature of vesting, particularly whether the 
bonuses paid under the Crown LTI are in the nature of “cliff’s edge” (i.e., all or nothing) outcomes or graduated outcomes. 

As described above, key features of the Crown LTI are that:
(cid:129)  the EPS Hurdles for Plan Years 1, 2 and 3 are set at 98% of the EPS Targets in the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan; and
(cid:129)  if at the end of financial year 2014, on a cumulative basis, the EPS Hurdles over all four years are met, then any Carried 

Over Plan Year Bonuses will vest and be paid to the relevant senior executive in cash.

Accordingly, when viewed as a whole, the Maximum Bonus under the Crown LTI consists of four separate and individually 
achievable targets, as well as a cumulative target. As a result, there are a range of potential outcomes depending on 
performance against target in each year of the Crown LTI as well as the cumulative result.

This is designed to ameliorate issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting, by giving participants a “second chance” to have a tranche 
paid when an individual EPS Hurdle is not met.

Disclosure of prospective EPS Targets and historical EPS Targets

The disclosure of prospective EPS Targets would have the consequence of providing the market and Crown’s competitors 
with Crown’s forecasted financial forecasts. It has been Crown’s longstanding practice not to disclose prospective financial 
information and financial forecasts. Accordingly, Crown will not publicly disclose prospective EPS Targets. 

Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles and performance against 
those historical EPS Hurdles. 

Set out below are the EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles which applied for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 together 
with Crown’s actual EPS for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012. 

EPS Target 
(2011 Four Year 
Financial Plan)

EPS Target 
Growth 
(2011 Four Year 
Financial Plan)

EPS Hurdle 
(Crown LTI)*

Actual EPS

Actual EPS 
Growth (from 
previous year)

44.1 cents

N/A

43.2 cents

42.3 cents

(3.0%)

48.7 cents

10.4%

47.7 cents

43.9 cents

3.7%

Tranche 
Vested?

No

No

Financial 
Year 2011

Financial 
Year 2012

* In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the EPS Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan EPS Target.

All references in the above table to “EPS” exclude the contribution made by MCE.

Given that the financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 EPS Hurdles were not met, participants have lost the opportunity 
to acquire the maximum proportion of shares (60%) under the Crown LTI.

The range of outcomes available to a Participant are now reduced. The potential maximum proportion of shares which may 
now be achieved has reduced to 25%.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 61

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Set out below are some further illustrations of possible future outcomes (recognising that the financial year 2011 and financial 
year 2012 EPS Hurdles were not met). Again, the following does not represent the full range of outcomes which might 
be achieved.

Year 1 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
15%

Year 2 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
20%

Year 3 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
25%

Year 4 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
40%

Fallback Year 4 
EPS Hurdle 
Met?
40%

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?

(cid:57)
25% shares
75% cash

(cid:57)
25% shares
75% cash

(cid:57)
25% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
25% shares 
40% cash

(cid:56)
25% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
25% shares
No cash

*  Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based 

on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash and 
share proportions.

MCE Contribution Bonus

At the commencement of the Crown LTI, the Crown Board considered it of high importance to the Crown group that MCE 
achieve the MCE “Contribution” targets in Crown’s Four Year Financial Plan and that certain executives who played a key 
role in Crown’s relationship with MCE be provided with an extra incentive to ensure this goal was achieved. Mr Craigie and 
Mr Nisbet are Crown nominees on the MCE Board and Mr Barton works with the MCE CFO in providing assistance on 
MCE financial matters. 

Accordingly, in the case of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet, part of the Maximum Bonus to which they are eligible (the 
MCE Contribution Bonus) is dependent on MCE achieving certain MCE Contribution hurdles (MCE Contribution Hurdles). 
Mr Craigie’s maximum potential MCE Contribution Bonus is approximately 15% of his Maximum Bonus and for Mr Barton 
it is approximately 11% and for Mr Nisbet it is approximately 17%.

The MCE Contribution Hurdles are derived from the MCE Contribution targets in Crown’s 2011 Four Year Financial Plan 
(MCE Contribution Targets). MCE Contribution is defined as Crown’s percentage interest in MCE from time to time, multiplied 
by the normalised net profit after tax of MCE. 

If an MCE Contribution Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of their 
potential Maximum Bonus. The rules on the effect of achieving or not achieving MCE Contribution Hurdles are the same 
as for the EPS Bonus.

The MCE Contribution Bonus is independent of the portion of the bonus which is referable to meeting the EPS Hurdles 
(EPS Bonus). Accordingly, Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may achieve some or all of their entitlement to the MCE 
Contribution Bonus without achieving any part of the EPS Bonus and the converse also applies. 

Disclosure of MCE Contribution Targets

For the same reasons set out above, Crown elects not to publicly disclose prospective MCE Contribution Targets.

Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution 
Hurdles and performance against those historical MCE Contribution Hurdles.

62

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Set out below are the MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution Hurdles for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 
and MCE’s actual Contribution for financial year 2011 and financial year 2012.

MCE 
Contribution 
Target 
(2011 Four Year 
Financial Plan)

MCE 
Contribution 
Target Growth 
(2011 Four Year 
Financial Plan)

MCE 
Contribution 
Hurdle*

Actual MCE 
Contribution

Actual MCE 
Contribution 
Growth

(US$30.9 million)

N/A (US$31.5 million) US$20.4 million

154.7%

US$37.2 million

220.4% US$36.5 million

US$95.0 million

365.7%

Tranche 
Vested?

Yes

Yes

Financial 
year 2011

Financial 
year 2012

* 

In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the MCE Contribution Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan 
MCE Contribution Target.

Given that the financial year 2011 and financial year 2012 MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, participants maintain the 
opportunity to acquire the maximum proportion of shares as part of the MCE Contribution Bonus portion of the Crown LTI.

Details of Participation of Senior Executives in Crown LTI

Of the Senior Executives named in this Report, five participate in the Crown LTI. Details of potential Crown LTI cash bonuses 
are as follows:

Senior Executive

Maximum Value 
over four year 
period

30 June 2011 
(15%)

30 June 2012 
(20%)

30 June 2013 
(25%)

30 June 2014 
(40%)

Rowen Craigie

$12,300,000

$1,845,000

$2,460,000

Ken Barton

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins*

Todd Nisbet

$4,500,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$5,250,000

$675,000

$540,000

$271,500

$787,500

$900,000

$720,000

$642,000

$3,075,000

$1,125,000

$900,000

$802,500

$1,050,000

$1,312,500

$4,920,000

$1,800,000

$1,440,000

$1,284,000

$2,100,000

*  Mr Hawkins’ commencement date with Crown Melbourne Limited was 6 December 2010. Accordingly, his first year entitlement to an EPS Bonus 
has been reduced on a pro rata basis to approximately seven months of participation in the Crown LTI. Had Mr Hawkins been a participant from 
1 July 2010, his Maximum Value over the four year period would have been $3,210,000. The entitlements for 30 June 2012, 30 June 2013 and 
30 June 2014 have been determined by reference to that Maximum Value. On account of the pro rata reduction, the total possible EPS Bonus 
which Mr Hawkins may achieve is $3,000,000.

As noted in the tables above:
(cid:129)  in financial year 2011, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2011 

have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2011 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement 
to 15% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested; and

(cid:129)  in financial year 2012, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2012 

have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2012 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement 
to 20% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 63

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

Set out below are the vested bonus amounts for the above participants in respect of financial year 2011 and financial year 2012:

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Senior Executive

Rowen Craigie

Ken Barton

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins

Todd Nisbet

Maximum Bonus over 
four year period

Vested in relation to 
the fi nancial year ended 
30 June 2011

Vested in relation to 
the fi nancial year ended 
30 June 2012

$12,300,000

$4,500,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$5,250,000

$270,000

$75,000

Nil

Nil

$360,000

$100,000

Nil

Nil

$135,000

$180,000

In accordance with the rules of the Crown LTI, the vested component of the cash bonus for financial year 2011 has been 
(and in the case of financial year 2012 will be) applied by Crown to fund the purchase of Crown shares on market, which 
are to be held on trust for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet until the end of financial year 2014.

Details of shares held on trust for Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet are set out below:

Senior Executive

Rowen Craigie

Ken Barton

Todd Nisbet

* Shares acquired for an average price of $7.65 per share.

Executive Share Plan (ESP)

Shares Acquired with fi nancial year 2011 Bonus*

35,217

9,782

17,608

  As noted earlier, the predecessor to the Crown LTI was the Executive Share Plan (ESP). Whilst the ESP was still on foot at the 
commencement of financial year 2012, it was wound up in September 2011 and no longer operates. 

The net impact over the life of the ESP and on winding up of the ESP on those Crown executives who participated in the ESP 
was that no Crown shares which had been issued under the ESP were retained by Crown executives and no cash bonuses 
were received. All dividends paid on the Crown shares issued under the ESP were repaid to Crown and used to pay interest 
on the loans provided to ESP participants. On winding up, all Crown ESP shares issued to participants were forfeited to 
Crown, sold and the proceeds used to repay the loans provided to ESP participants.

A detailed description of how the ESP operated and its features has been included in previous Annual Reports. Given that the 
ESP provided no practical benefit to Senior Executives, that description has not been replicated here. 

Relationship between policy and company performance

As detailed above in the sections on Fixed Remuneration, STI and the Crown LTI, various elements of Crown’s remuneration 
policy are linked to company performance, in particular, the achievement of Crown’s Board approved Annual Budget and 
Business Plan (in the case of STI) and Crown’s Board approved Four Year Financial Plan (in the case of the Crown LTI). 

The Crown Board has sought to achieve this link by requiring the achievement of an annual level of normalised EBITDA and 
net profit after tax (in the case of STI) or predetermined EPS Targets and the achievement of MCE Contribution Targets 
(in the case of the Crown LTI). 

Full details of how these links have been achieved are set out in the sections of the Report above, but, in summary:
(cid:129)  An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted financial objectives and where an individual achieves his or her 

annual KPOs, assessed using a combination of financial and non-financial measures;

(cid:129)  The Crown LTI may be payable where Crown achieves predetermined EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 2012, 

financial year 2013 and financial year 2014; and

(cid:129)  A component of the Crown LTI may be payable to key senior executives involved in managing the performance of MCE, 

where MCE has achieved predetermined MCE Contribution Targets.

64

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, Crown’s wholly owned Australian casinos, 
grew by 5.1%. The compound average normalised EBITDA growth for Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth for the five year 
period commencing from financial year 2007 through to financial year 2012 was 4.9%. Normalised Crown group NPAT grew 
by 22.0% in financial year 2012. The compound average normalised NPAT growth for the Crown group for the four year period 
commencing from financial year 2008 through to financial year 2012 was 2.9%.

The table below sets out information about movements in shareholder wealth for the years ended 30 June 2008, 30 June 2009, 
30 June 2010, 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2012.

Year ended
30 June 2008

Year ended
30 June 2009

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year Ended
30 June 2011

Year Ended 
30 June 2012

Share price at start of period

Share price at end of period

NA1

$9.29

$9.29

$7.27

$7.27

$7.77

$7.77

$8.93

$8.93

$8.49

Full year dividend

54 cents2

37 cents3

37 cents3

37 cents4

37 cents5

Basic/diluted earnings per share6

54.58 cps

33.74 cps

38.54 cps

44.29 cps

69.78 cps

Notes:
1. As Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX on 3 December 2007, there is no trading data for 1 July 2007.
2. Franked to 40% with unfranked component made up of conduit foreign income.
3. Franked to 60% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
4. Interim dividend franked to 60% and final dividend franked to 50% with none of the unfranked components comprising conduit foreign income.
5. Franked to 50% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.
6. Excluding the effect of discontinued operations and significant items.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Crown’s policy prohibits Directors and Senior Executives entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic 
risk. This is described in the Corporate Governance Statement.

Remuneration Details for Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors are entitled to a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as a Director of Crown.

Non-Executive Directors acting on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited are entitled to receive a further fee of $60,000 
per annum.

Non-Executive Directors of Crown are entitled to additional fees if they act as either chair or a member of an active Committee 
(the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, the Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee, the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee or the Risk Management Committee):
(cid:129)  $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of an active Board Committee; or
(cid:129)  $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of an active Board Committee.

All Directors are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.

In accordance with Crown’s constitution, Non-Executive Directors’ fees are currently determined within an aggregate 
Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap of $1,300,000 per annum.

There is no intention to seek an increase of the Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap at the 2012 Annual General Meeting.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 65

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Set out below is a table showing Non Executive Director remuneration for financial years 2012 and 2011.

Remuneration Table – Non-Executive Directors

Short Term Benefi ts

Financial
Year

Salary &
Fees

Non
Monetary

Other

Post-
employment 
Benefi t –
Superannuation

Long Term Incentives

Cash
Based

Equity
Based

Termina-
tion 
Benefi ts

Ben Brazil 
Non-Executive Director

Helen Coonan1 
Non-Executive Director

Christopher Corrigan
Non-Executive Director

Rowena Danziger 2
Non-Executive Director

Geoffrey Dixon 
Non-Executive Director

David Gyngell 5 
Non-Executive Director

John Horvath 2
Non-Executive Director

Ashok Jacob 3
Non-Executive Director

Michael Johnston 3
Non-Executive Director

Harold Mitchell
Non-Executive Director

Richard Turner 4
Non-Executive Director

2012 TOTALS

2011 TOTALS

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

120,000

103,333

58,333

–

110,000

110,000

210.000

208,107

140,000

140,000

–

21,970

190,000

151,288

–

–

–

–

77,000

2,237

–

150,000

905,333

886,935

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,800

9,300

5,250

–

9,900

9,900

–

–

–

–

–

1,977

15,775

13,616

–

–

–

–

42,900

40,000

–

–

84,625

74,793

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

130,800

112,633

63,583

–

119,900

119,900

210,000

208,107

140,000

140,000

–

23,947

205,775

164,904

–

–

–

–

119,900

42,237

–

150,000

989,958

961,728

Notes:
1.  Ms Coonan was appointed on 2 December 2011.
2.  Mrs Danziger and Professor Horvath each received Directors’ fees at a rate of $60,000 per annum for their participation on the Crown Melbourne 

Limited Board. 

3.  Neither Mr Jacob nor Mr Johnston receives remuneration for their services to Crown.
4.   Mr Turner resigned 1 May 2011.
5.  Mr Gyngell resigned as a director on 25 November 2010. His fees are representative of the period commencing 13 September 2010 through 

to 25 November 2010.

Remuneration details for Senior Executives
Senior Executives

Senior Executives are employed under service agreements with Crown or a business of the Crown group. Common features 
to these service agreements include (unless noted otherwise):
(cid:129)  an annual review of the executive’s fixed remuneration, with any increases requiring approval of the Chief Executive Officer 

and Managing Director and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and dependent on Crown’s financial 
performance, the individual’s KPO performance and market changes;

(cid:129)  competitive performance based incentive payments annually and in the long term, dependent upon Crown achieving 

its objectives and the Senior Executive achieving his or her KPOs;

(cid:129)  Crown may ask the executive to act as a Director of a member or associate of the Crown group for no additional remuneration;
(cid:129)  a prohibition from gambling at any property within the Crown group during the term of employment and for three months 
following termination and a requirement that the executive maintains licences required and issued by relevant regulatory 
authorities (such as the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian Gaming 
and Wagering Commission);

66

 
(cid:129)  where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint covering, amongst other things, competitive activities to those of the 

Crown group. Restraint periods vary and have been noted in each instance;

(cid:129)  where an employment agreement is terminated by Crown, notice may be given in writing or payment may be made (wholly 

or partly) in lieu of notice;

(cid:129)  all contracts may be terminated without notice by Crown for serious misconduct; and
(cid:129)  all Senior Executives are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.

Specific details of each Senior Executive’s contract of employment which applied during the financial year ending 30 June 2012 
are summarised in the tables on the following pages. Where a Senior Executive has had more than one contract of employment 
during the year, or where a new contract of employment has been entered into post year end, this has been noted in those tables. 

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Summary of Contracts of Employment Applicable During the Year Ended 30 June 2012

James D Packer

John H Alexander

Current Position

Executive Chairman

Fixed Remuneration

Base salary:

Nil.

The Executive Chairman, Mr Packer, does not 
receive any remuneration for his services to Crown. 
Mr Packer acts as a Director of Melco Crown 
Entertainment Limited, a company in which Crown 
has a signifi cant investment. Mr Packer does not 
receive a fee from Crown for these services.

Executive Deputy Chairman 
(commenced 1 December 2007): 

Mr Alexander currently has a fi ve year employment 
agreement with Crown Limited which is due to expire 
in December 2012.

$1,484,225 per annum 
(increasing annually by CPI)1

Superannuation

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other:

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and 
Crown Perth facilities.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and 
Crown Perth facilities and superannuation.

Performance based 
remuneration

Not applicable

Not applicable

2012 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Not applicable

Post employment benefi ts

Not applicable

Post-employment restraint

Not applicable

Termination

By Senior Executive:

By Crown:

Termination benefi ts

Payments made prior 
to commencement

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Fixed remuneration2 
100%

STI
0% 

LTI
0% 

Nil

Crown may impose a restraint for the fi ve year 
term of Mr Alexander’s employment agreement 
up to 30 November 2012.

12 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ notice 
due to incapacity.

Nil

Nil

Nil

1. Mr Alexander’s CPI review in the 2008–2012 financial years has been deferred with his consent.
2. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 67

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

Base salary:

Superannuation

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other:

Rowen B Craigie 

Kenneth M Barton

Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director 
(commenced 1 December 2007): Mr Craigie’s fi ve 
year employment agreement with Crown Limited 
which was due to expire in December 2012 was 
extended on 15 September 2011 and will expire 
on 30 November 2015.

Chief Financial Offi cer (commenced 
9 March 2010): Mr Barton’s employment contract 
with Crown Limited commenced on 9 March 2010 
and expires in March 2015.

$2,984,225 per annum.

$1,284,225 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and 
Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and salary 
sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle and 
superannuation.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation. Until Mr Barton relocates to 
Melbourne, Crown will meet the weekly travel costs 
of his Melbourne/Sydney commuting and will provide 
hotel accommodation while in Melbourne.

Performance based remuneration

STI:

LTI:

A maximum of $1,000,000, assessed by the 
Executive Chairman based on the achievement 
of personal KPOs. A further $1,000,000 may be 
paid at the discretion of the Crown Board if Crown’s 
performance substantially exceeds that set out 
in Crown’s business plan and represents an 
exemplary outcome.

Mr Barton’s annual target STI is $500,000 and 
payment depends on meeting agreed personal 
KPOs. The STI may, at the discretion of the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee, 
be increased to a maximum of $750,000 if 
Mr Barton exceeds his KPOs and Crown also 
achieves its performance objectives.

Mr Craigie participates in the Crown LTI. See further 
page 55.

Mr Barton participates in the Crown LTI. See further 
page 55.

2012 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed remuneration1 

43%

STI

12%

LTI

45%

Post employment benefi ts

Nil

Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose a restraint for various periods 
up to 24 months.

Fixed remuneration1  STI

18%

45%

Nil

Nil

LTI

37%

Termination

By Senior Executive:

12 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

By Crown:

Termination benefi ts

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues (following at least 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ 
notice for incapacity.

6 months’ notice without cause; one month’s notice 
for performance issues (following at least three 
months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice 
for incapacity.

Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval, 
Mr Craigie will be entitled to receive a severance 
payment equal to 24 months’ fi xed remuneration 
in the event of early termination of his emplyment 
by Crown. The imposition of Mr Craigie’s post 
employment restraint is conditional upon receipt 
of this severance payment.

Nil

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

A $400,000 sign on payment in 2010 less applicable 
taxes in order to compensate Mr Barton for unvested 
incentives forfeited on cessation of employment with 
his previous employer.

Nil

68

 
Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

Base salary:

Superannuation

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other:

Performance based 
remuneration

STI:

LTI:

Greg F Hawkins

Barry J Felstead

Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Melbourne 
(from 5 December 2011): Mr Hawkins’ employment 
contract with Crown Melbourne in the role of Deputy 
Chief Executive Offi cer commenced on 6 December 
2010 and will expire in accordance with its terms. 
Mr Hawkins commenced the role of Chief Executive 
Offi cer of Crown Melbourne on 5 December 2011.

Chief Executive Offi cer, Crown Perth (from 
6 March 2007): Mr Felstead entered into his current 
contract of employment on 24 June 2011 which will 
expire in accordance with its terms.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

$1,034,225 per annum.

$1,014,225 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle and 
superannuation. Mr Felstead is entitled to one annual 
economy airfare between Perth and Melbourne for 
himself and his family.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation. 

Mr Hawkins was previously employed by Crown 
Melbourne Limited to act in a Chief Executive Role 
on a secondment basis at Crown’s investment 
properties in Macau.

Under that contract of employment, upon his return 
to Australia, Mr Hawkins was entitled reasonable 
relocation expenses for Mr Hawkins and his family. 
The value of that benefi t has been included in the 
Senior Executive remuneration table.

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown Limited and the achievement of personal KPOs. 
Mr Hawkins’ annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.

Discretionary STI based on the performance of 
Crown and the achievement of personal KPOs. 
Mr Felstead’s annual target STI is 40% of his TEC.

Mr Hawkins participates in the Crown LTI. See further 
page 55.

Mr Felstead participates in the Crown LTI. See further 
page 55.

2012 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed 
remuneration1 

Post employment benefi ts

Nil

54%

STI

5%

LTI

41%

Fixed 
remuneration1 

STI

40%

Nil

25%

LTI

35%

Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose various restraint periods for 
a period of up to 12 months post employment.

Crown may impose various restraint periods for 
a period of up to 12 months post employment.

Termination

By Senior Executive:

6 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

By Crown:

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

Termination benefi ts

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

Nil

1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

Nil

Nil

Nil

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 69

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

Base salary:

Superannuation

Non-monetary benefi ts 
and other:

Performance based 
remuneration

STI:

LTI:

W. Todd Nisbet

Executive Vice President – Strategy and 
Development (from 9 August 2010): Mr Nisbet’s 
three year employment agreement with Crown 
Limited which was due to expire in August 2013 
was extended on 30 August 2011 and will expire 
on 30 November 2014.

$1,560,025 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions 
up to the maximum contribution base, equating to 
$15,775 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone and 
salary sacrifi ce arrangements for motor vehicle 
and superannuation. 

Mr Nisbet is entitled to Relocation Benefi ts to assist 
with the relocation of him and his family from 
Nevada, USA to Melbourne. 

During Mr Nisbet’s employment with Crown, he will 
also be entitled to additional customary expatriate 
benefi ts for himself and his family. 

Upon cessation of employment Mr Nisbet will be 
entitled to relocation benefi ts for him and his family 
to Las Vegas.

Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown 
and the achievement of personal KPOs. Mr Nisbet’s 
annual target STI is 50% of his base salary.

Mr Nisbet participates in the Crown LTI. See further 
page 55.

2012 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed 
remuneration1 

STI

44%

24%

LTI

32%

Post employment benefi ts

Nil

   Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose various restraint periods for 
a period of up to 12 months post employment.

Termination

By Senior Executive:

6 months’ notice.

By Crown:

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ notice 
due to incapacity.

Termination benefi ts

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

Nil

1. Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

70

 
Remuneration table for Senior Executives

The structure of senior executive remuneration has been described in detail in this Report, both generically and specifically 
in relation to each named Senior Executive. In addition, a table summarising all remuneration to be attributed to each Senior 
Executive for the financial years ending 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011 is set out below. Accounting Standards are prescriptive 
in relation to the required presentation of remuneration tables. Accordingly, as an aid to understanding, the following additional 
information should be read in conjunction with the table set out below.

Fixed Remuneration

Neither of Mr Alexander nor Mr Craigie received an increase to their fixed remuneration in financial year 2012 as compared 
with financial year 2011. 

Messrs Nisbet and Hawkins commenced new roles with the group in financial year 2011. Each of Mr Nisbet and Mr Hawkins 
was required to relocate with their families to Melbourne, Australia to take up their respective roles. In Mr Nisbet’s case, 
he relocated from Las Vegas in the USA and, in Mr Hawkins’ case, he relocated from Macau. Crown met the once off costs 
associated with Mr Nisbet’s and Mr Hawkins’ respective relocations and these were reported as part of their financial year 
2011 fixed remuneration. Going forward, Mr Nisbet will also be entitled to additional customary benefits relating to his 
relocation as described in the summary of his employment contract.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Short Term Incentives (STI)

In financial year 2012, Crown Limited’s NPAT budget was exceeded and Crown Perth met its financial performance objectives 
for its non-VIP businesses, but Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were not met. The group achieved its 
normalised NPAT budget, largely as a result of the performance of MCE’s businesses in Macau. Accordingly, the group’s 
financial performance objectives were only met in part.

As a result, STI bonuses were reduced. In addition, given the achievement of some important non-financial objectives, 
including the successful management of major capital expenditure projects at both Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, 
the important restructure of some key business units, the successful implementation of a number of margin improvement 
projects and the management of key stakeholders associated with major projects, the Board exercised its discretion and 
favourably adjusted STI bonuses for some senior executives. 

In recognition of the partial achievement of financial performance objectives at the group level, STI bonuses were generally 
reduced by 30% and at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth they were reduced by 80% and 20% respectively.

In the case of Mr Craigie, he received 80% of his target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive the second discretionary 
tranche of $1 million for exceptional performance by the group. Messrs Barton, Felstead and Nisbet all received discretionary 
STI bonuses based, in part, on the partial achievement of financial performance objectives, but largely on the achievement 
of significant non-financial performance objectives, including progress on refinancing Crown’s debt, the commencement of 
the Crown Towers Perth project (including reaching agreement with the WA Government) and the successful delivery of a 
number of major capital expenditure projects. Messrs Craigie, Barton and Nisbet provide significant support to MCE, with 
Messrs Craigie and Nisbet representing Crown on the MCE Board and a number of MCE subsidiary boards. Mr Hawkins’ 
STI bonus covers a 19 month period from when he commenced his employment with Crown Melbourne. Mr Hawkins 
did not receive an STI bonus in financial year 2011.

Long Term Incentives (LTI)

As summarised earlier, Senior Executives participate in the Crown LTI.

In accordance with relevant accounting standards, the Crown LTI is included in the remuneration for each Senior Executive 
on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that the performance condition and 
service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the Senior 
Executives at a different rate. Accordingly, 25% of the total Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is potentially 
eligible will be included in the remuneration table for each of the four active years of the plan, regardless of whether a bonus 
has vested or not. 

As explained earlier, the first and second tranches of the Crown LTI represents 15% and 20% (respectively) of the total Crown 
LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is eligible. The EPS Hurdle of the Crown LTI for financial year 2011 and financial 
year 2012 were not met, but the MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, resulting in 15% and 20% (respectively) of the MCE 
Contribution Bonus of the Crown LTI for eligible Senior Executives vesting. Detail of the actual sums vested to relevant Senior 
Executives has been provided earlier.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 71

 
RE MUNE RATION REPORT CONTI NUED

Short Term Benefi ts

Financial
Year

Salary &
Fees

Non
Monetary

Other

STI

% of
max STI

Post-
employment 
Benefi ts –
Super-
annuation4

Long Term Incentives

Equity
Based –
Crown LTI5

 Cash
Based

 Equity
Based –
ESP6

Termina-
tion
Benefi ts

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

550,000

400,000

800,000

600,000

650,000

400,000

84,000 

87,320

101,000 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

110%

80%

80%

60%

158%

100%

20%

50% 

240,876

985,000

326,053

750,000

125%

100%

 – 

 – 

15,775

15,199

15,775

15,199

15,775

15,199

15,775

15,199

15,775

11,400

15,775

15,199

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

James Packer
Executive Chairman

John Alexander
Executive Deputy 
Chairman

Ken Barton
Chief Financial Offi cer

Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Offi cer 
& Managing Director

Barry Felstead
Chief Executive Offi cer 
Burswood Limited

Greg Hawkins 1
Deputy Chief Executive 
Offi cer Crown 
Melbourne Limited

Todd Nisbet 2
Executive Vice 
President – Strategy 
& Development

David Courtney 3

2012 TOTALS

2011 TOTALS

 – 

 – 

1,484,225

1,484,801

1,284,225

1,234,801

2,984,225

2,984,801

1,014,225

984,801

970,588

522,836

1,560,025

1,346,587

–

1,335,000

9,297,513

9,893,627

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

56,753

44,220

–

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

1,125,000

 –  1,125,000

–

3,075,000

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 –  3,075,000

1,035,275

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

900,000

900,000

750,000

750,000

 –  1,312,500

 –  1,312,500

–

68,211

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

Total 

 – 

– 

1,500,000

 – 

 – 

–

 –  1,500,000

–

3,031,753

 –  2,819,220

–

–

–

6,875,000

7,710,275

2,580,000

 –  2,368,211

 –  1,820,363

 –  1,472,556

 –  4,114,176

 –  3,750,339

–

–

 – 

 – 

–

74,521

56,753

44,220

240,876 3,069,000

413,373 2,325,521

–

50%

–

–

–

25,000

94,650

112,395

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

110,161 3,790,845

5,335,527

7,162,500

–

– 19,921,292

7,162,500

1,213,647 3,790,845 24,956,128

Notes:
1.  Mr Hawkins commenced in his role as Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 6 December 2010. On 5 December 2011, Mr Hawkins became 

Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne. Mr Hawkins received a total STI payment of $185,000 which, in accordance with his contract 
of employment, relates to performance for both the 2011 and 2012 financial years on a pro rata basis. The STI has therefore been split over the 
two years in the above table.

2.  Mr Nisbet commenced in his role as Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development on 9 August 2010. Refer to the summary of Mr Nisbet’s 

contract of employment for a description of the short term entitlements to which Mr Nisbet is entitled.

3.  Mr Courtney ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited on 8 October 2010. In accordance with the terms 
of his Employment Agreement, Mr Courtney remained an employee of the Crown group until 8 October 2011 (representing a 12 month notice 
period) at which time he was be paid a severance payment in accordance with his Employment Agreement which included an entitlement to 
a payment of 24 months fixed remuneration upon cessation of employment. Those amounts were accrued in the 2011 financial year and were 
included in the 2011 Termination Benefits. Mr Courtney’s STI represented 50% of his maximum target STI on a pro rata basis over the period 
1 July 2010 to 8 October 2010 when he ceased performing the role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited.

4.  Long service leave accrued balances have increased during the financial year ended 30 June 2012 for the following Senior Executives: 

Mr Alexander $24,983, Mr Barton $21,738, Mr Craigie $49,967, Mr Felstead $17,167, Mr Hawkins $18,605, Mr Nisbet $26,349.

5.  The Crown LTI has been included in total remuneration on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that 
the performance condition and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the 
Senior Executives at a different rate.

6.  AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the effects of modifications that increase the total fair value of the share-based 
payment arrangement or are otherwise beneficial to the employee. As the modification to the ESP post Demerger reduced the total fair value 
of the share-based payment arrangement, Crown continued to account for the services rendered as consideration for the equity instruments 
granted as if the modification had not occurred. The allocation of the expenses for Equity Based payments to the Senior Executives made 
following the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme was consistent with the split of the PBL ESP Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited 
(25 percent/75 percent).

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

J D Packer 
Director 

Melbourne, 19th day of September, 2012

R B Craigie
Director

72

 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
c
e
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

l

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 73

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

74

 
 
I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 75

 
 
Directors’ Declaration

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
’
s
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

l

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors, we declare as follows:

In the opinion of the directors:

1.  the fi nancial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s fi nancial position as at 30 June 2012 and of its performance 

for the year ended on that date; and

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 

Corporations Regulations 2001;

2.  the fi nancial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1 

of the Financial Report;

3.  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the consolidated entity will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 

due and payable;

4.  this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance 

with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the fi nancial year ending 30 June 2012; and

5.  as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group identifi ed 
in note 32 of the Financial Report will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, 
by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

On behalf of the Board

J D Packer
Director

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 19th day of September, 2012

76

 
Financial Report

Contents

78
Income Statement

81
Cash Flow 
Statement

79
Statement of 
Comprehensive 
Income

82
Statement of 
Changes in Equity

80
Statement of 
Financial Position

83
Notes to the 
Financial Statements

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company 77

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Income Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2012

I

n
c
o
m
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Continuing Operations

Revenues

Other income

Expenses

Share of profits/(losses) of associates and joint venture entities

Profit before income tax and finance costs

Finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Net profit after tax

Note

3

3

3

2,10

3

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2,808,870

2,409,241

426

403

(2,214,766)

(1,959,351)

138,872

733,402

(113,584)

619,818

32,366

482,659

(75,545)

407,114

(71,259)

2,5

(106,493)

513,325

335,855

The above Income Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

EPS calculation is based on the weighted average number of shares on issue 
throughout the period

Dividends per share

Current year final dividend proposed

Current year interim dividend paid

2012
Cents per 
share

2011
Cents per 
share

69.78

69.78

44.29

44.29

Note

29

29

4

4

19.00

18.00

19.00

18.00

78

 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2012

Net profit after tax

Other Comprehensive Income

Foreign currency translation (1)

Movement in cashflow hedge reserve

Unrealised gain/(loss) on investments in associates

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

Note

21

21

21

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

513,325

335,855

40,385

32,941

(328)

(205,916)

(19,230)

500

72,998

(224,646)

586,323

111,209

(1)  The movement in the foreign currency translation reserve is largely attributable to foreign exchange movements relating to Crown’s equity 

accounted investment in Melco Crown.

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s

i

v
e

I

n
c
o
m
e

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

79

 
 
 
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

P
o
s

i
t
i
o
n

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Statement of Financial Position

At 30 June 2012

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

  Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Receivables

  Other financial assets

Investments

Investments in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Licences

  Other intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

  Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Income tax payable

Provisions

  Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

  Other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

  Other financial liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

24

6

7

8

6

8

9

10

11

12

13

5

15

16

17

18

19

16

17

5

18

19

20

20

21

21

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

149,353

201,734

11,850

18,693

337

183,699

123,756

18,070

17,122

7,775

381,967

350,422

102,867

131,477

–

454,338

24,051

98,658

1,088,744

851,721

2,804,379

2,514,905

656,983

207,772

112,640

62,840

664,455

213,030

108,731

66,325

5,490,563

4,673,353

5,872,530

5,023,775

325,731

237,889

29,077

100,598

101,977

22,221

19,752

39,025

102,917

2,276

579,604

401,859

138

–

1,665,589

1,049,707

205,605

209,925

38,183

8,661

27,699

74,225

1,918,176

1,361,556

2,497,780

1,763,415

3,374,750

3,260,360

446,763

645,475

(480)

–

298,786

225,788

2,629,681

2,389,097

3,374,750

3,260,360

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2012

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Dividends received

Interest received

Borrowing costs

Income tax paid

Note

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2,764,378

2,438,649

(2,027,218)

(1,833,769)

4,628

7,124

(122,459)

(55,753)

19

5,377

(86,002)

(73,305)

l

C
a
s
h
F
o
w
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities

24b

570,700

450,969

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payment in respect of licences

Payment for purchases of equity investments

Payment for the acquisition of controlled entities

Payment for purchases of investments

Net proceeds from sale of equity investments

Loans to associated entities

Repayment of loans from associated entities

  Other (net)

22

(464,403)

(351,537)

461

–

–

–

(261,676)

6,632

(27,364)

–

(3,300)

454

(20,000)

(15,106)

(55,134)

–

–

(51,188)

28,051

(2,686)

Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities

(749,650)

(467,146)

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Dividends paid

Payment for share buy-back

ESP proceeds received

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

962,542

660,341

(347,786)

(384,600)

(272,741)

(278,622)

(238,057)

39,345

143,303

–

6,785

3,904

(35,647)

(12,273)

183,699

196,395

1,301

(423)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

24a

149,353

183,699

The above Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2012

Shares 
Held in 
Trust
$’000

Retained 
Earnings
$’000

Net 
Unrealised 
Gains 
Reserve
$’000

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve
$’000

Cashflow 
Hedge 
Reserve
$’000

Employee 
Benefits 
Reserve
$’000

Total 
Equity
$’000

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
E
q
u
i
t
y

Ordinary 
Shares
$’000

645,475

–

–

–

–

39,345

Year ended 
30 June 2012

Balance at 
1 July 2011

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Dividends paid

ESP proceeds 
received

Share buy-back

(238,057)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,389,097

629,032

(363,804)

(52,450)

13,010

3,260,360

513,325

–

–

–

–

(328)

40,385

32,941

513,325

(272,741)

–

–

–

(328)

40,385

32,941

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

513,325

72,998

586,323

(272,741)

39,345

(238,057)

(480)

–

(480)

446,763

(480) 2,629,681

628,704

(323,419)

(19,509)

13,010

3,374,750

638,690

–

–

–

–

6,785

–

645,475

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,331,864

628,532

(157,888)

(33,220)

11,327

3,419,305

335,855

–

–

–

–

500

(205,916)

(19,230)

335,855

(278,622)

–

–

500

(205,916)

(19,230)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

335,855

(224,646)

111,209

(278,622)

6,785

1,683

1,683

2,389,097

629,032

(363,804)

(52,450)

13,010 3,260,360

Shares acquired 
under Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Balance at 
30 June 2012

Year ended 
30 June 2011

Balance at 
1 July 2010

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Dividends paid

ESP proceeds 
received

Share based 
payments expense

Balance at 
30 June 2011

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

82

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a)  Basis of preparation

This financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authorative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative 
financial instruments and investments that have been measured at fair value and investments in associates accounted for 
using the equity method.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000) 
unless otherwise stated under the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. The Company 
is an entity to which the class order applies.

The financial report of Crown Limited and its controlled entities for the year ended 30 June 2012 was authorised for issue 
in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 19 September 2012 subject to final approval by a subcommittee.

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(b)  Statement of compliance

The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Group has adopted the following accounting standards, which became applicable from 1 July 2011:

–  AASB 124 (revised)  – Related Party Disclosures

–  AASB 2010-4 

– Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the Annual Improvements Project

–  AASB 2010-5 

– Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards

The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group during 
the period.

Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective 
and have not been adopted by the Group for the reporting period ending 30 June 2012 are outlined in the table below.

Application date 
of standard (1)

1 January 2012

Reference Title

AASB 
2011-9

Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards – 
Presentation of Other 
Comprehensive 
Income

Impact on Group financial report

This Standard requires entities to group items 
presented in other comprehensive income on 
the basis of whether they might be reclassified 
subsequently to profit or loss and those that will not.

The amendment may result in additional disclosure 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Application date 
for Group (1)

1 July 2012

AASB 10 Consolidated 

1 January 2013 AASB 10 establishes a new control model that 

1 July 2013

Financial Statements

applies to all entities. It replaces parts of AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
dealing with the accounting for consolidated financial 
statements and UIG-112 Consolidation – Special 
Purpose Entities. Crown does not expect any 
significant impact on the Group.

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

83

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies continued
(b)  Statement of compliance continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Reference Title

Application date 
of standard (1)

Impact on Group financial report

Application date 
for Group (1)

AASB 11

Joint Arrangements

1 January 2013 AASB 11 replaces AASB 131 Interests in Joint 

1 July 2013

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

AASB 12

Disclosure of Interests 
in Other Entities

AASB 13

Fair Value 
Measurement

Ventures and UIG-113 Jointly-controlled Entities 
– Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures. AASB 11 
uses the principle of control in AASB 10 to define 
joint control, and therefore the determination of 
whether joint control exists may change. In addition 
AASB 11 removes the option to account for 
jointly-controlled entities using proportionate 
consolidation. Instead, accounting for a joint 
arrangement is dependent on the nature of the rights 
and obligations arising from the arrangement. Crown 
does not expect any significant impact on the Group.

1 January 2013 AASB 12 includes all disclosures relating to an 

1 July 2013

entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, 
associates and structured entities. New disclosures 
have been introduced about the judgments made 
by management to determine whether control exists, 
and to require summarised information about joint 
arrangements, associates and structured entities 
and subsidiaries with non-controlling interests. 
This standard may result in additional or 
changes in disclosure.

1 January 2013 AASB 13 establishes a single source of guidance 

1 July 2013

AASB 119 Employee Benefits

1 January 2013

AASB 
1053

Application of Tiers of 
Australian Accounting 
Standards

1 July 2013

for determining the fair value of assets and liabilities. 
AASB 13 does not change when an entity is required 
to use fair value, but rather, provides guidance on 
how to determine fair value when fair value is required 
or permitted. Application of this definition may result 
in different fair values being determined for the 
relevant assets.

The main change introduced by this standard is to 
revise the accounting for defined benefit plans. The 
amendment removes the options for accounting for 
the liability, and requires that the liabilities arising from 
such plans is recognised in full with actuarial gains 
and losses being recognised in other comprehensive 
income. It also revised the method of calculating the 
return on plan assets. Crown does not expect any 
significant impact on the Group.

This Standard establishes a differential financial 
reporting framework consisting of two Tiers of 
reporting requirements for preparing general purpose 
financial statements. Crown does not expect any 
significant impact on the Group.

1 July 2013

1 July 2013

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.

84

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(c)  Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are those of the 
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Limited (the parent 
entity) and all entities that Crown Limited controlled from 
time to time during the year and at reporting date.

Information from the financial statements of subsidiaries is 
included from the date the parent entity obtains control until 
such time as control ceases. Where there is loss of control 
of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial statements include 
the results for the part of the reporting period during which 
the parent entity has control.

Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the 
acquisition method of accounting. The financial statements 
of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period 
as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies. 
Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar 
accounting policies that may exist.

All inter-company balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, 
have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

The accounting policies adopted have been applied 
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.

(d)  Significant accounting estimates 
and assumptions

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are 
often determined based on estimates and assumptions of 
future events. The key estimates and assumptions that have 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the 
next annual reporting period are:

Impairment of goodwill and casino licences with indefinite 
useful lives

The Group determines whether goodwill and casino licences 
with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual 
basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount 
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill and 
casino licences with indefinite useful lives are allocated. 
The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable 
amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and casino 
licences with indefinite useful lives are discussed in note 14.

Fair value of investments

In accordance with accounting standards the Group uses 
the Level Three method in estimating the fair value of financial 
assets. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated using inputs 
for the asset that are not based on observable market data.

Share-based payment transactions

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair 
value is determined with the assistance of an external valuer, 
using the assumptions detailed in note 26.

Taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax losses 
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the losses can be utilised. Management 
judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred 
tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable profits.

Doubtful debts

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is 
objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Significant Items

Management determines significant items based on the 
nature, size and generally accepted accounting principles.

(e)  Income tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior 
periods are measured at the amount expected to be 
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based 
on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and 
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences 
at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial 
reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences except:

(cid:129)  where the deferred income tax liability arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of 
the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit 
nor taxable profit or loss; or

(cid:129)  when taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is 
probable that the temporary differences will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

85

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables 
or payables in the Statement of Financial Position.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(e)  Income tax continued 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets 
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the deductible 
temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax 
assets and unused tax losses can be utilised except:

(cid:129)  when the deferred income tax asset relating to the 

deductible temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that 
is not a business combination and, at the time of the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit not 

taxable profit or loss; or

(cid:129)  when the deductible temporary differences associated 

with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary 
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will 
be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax 
asset to be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax 
rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity 
are recognised in equity and not the Income Statement.

(f)  Other taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of GST except:

(cid:129)  where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item 
as applicable;

(cid:129)  Gaming revenues, due to the GST being offset against 

casino taxes; and

(cid:129)  Receivables and payables are stated with the amount 

of GST included.

86

Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on 
a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are classified 
as operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net 
of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority.

(g)  Foreign currency translation

Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown 
Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian dollars.

Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own 
functional currency and items included in the financial 
statements of each foreign entity are measured using 
that functional currency, which is translated to the 
presentation currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded 
in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the 
rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rate as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined.

As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas 
subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency of 
Crown Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting 
date and the profit or loss is translated at the weighted 
average exchange rates for the period. The exchange 
differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly 
to a separate component of equity.

On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative 
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign 
operation is recognised in the Income Statement.

(h)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial 
Position comprises of cash at bank and on hand, and short 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash 
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in future value.

For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents 
as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued 

(l)  Investments and other financial assets

Financial assets are classified based on:

(i)  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice 
amount less an allowance for any uncollectable amounts.

An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there is 
objective evidence that the full amount may not be collected. 
Bad debts are written off when identified.

Receivables from associates and other related parties are 
carried at amortised cost less an allowance for impairment. 
Interest, when charged is taken up as income on an 
accrual basis.

(j)  Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present 
location and condition are accounted for as follows:

(cid:129)  Gaming inventories which include food, beverages and 
other consumables are costed on a weighted average 
basis; and

(cid:129)  Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in 

the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs 
of completion and the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale.

(k)  Investments in associates

The financial statements of the associates are used by the 
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply 
different accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are 
made upon application of the equity method.

(i)  The objective of the entity’s business model 
for managing the financial assets; and

(ii)  The characteristics of the contractual cash flow.

The classification depends on the purpose for which the 
financial assets were acquired. Management determines the 
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. An 
irrevocable election is made by instrument to determine if the 
instrument is measured at fair value either through Other 
Comprehensive Income (OCI) or the Income Statement.

When financial assets are recognised initially, they are 
measured at fair value, plus, in the case of assets at fair 
value through OCI, directly attributable transaction costs.

The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active 
market. The fair value of the investments and other financial 
assets that do not have a price quoted in an active market 
have been estimated using valuation techniques based 
on assumptions that are not supported by observable 
market prices or rates. The fair value is reassessed each 
reporting period.

If the fair value through Income Statement approach is 
adopted, increments and decrements on the fair value 
of the financial asset at each reporting date are recognised 
through the Income Statement.

If the fair value through OCI approach is adopted, increments 
and decrements on the fair value are recognised in OCI, 
without recycling of gains and losses between Income 
Statement and OCI, even on disposal of the investment. 
Dividends in respect of these investments that are a return 
on investment are recognised in the Income Statement.

Investments in associates are carried in the Statement of 
Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in 
the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less any 
impairment in value. The Income Statement reflects the 
Group’s share of the results of operations of the associates.

Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery 
of assets within a time frame established by regulation or 
convention in the market place (regular way trades) are 
recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group 
commits to purchase or sell the asset.

Where there has been a change recognised directly in the 
associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share of any 
changes and discloses this, when applicable in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals 
or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any 
unsecured long term receivables and loans, the Group 
does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

(m)  Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.

Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

(cid:129)  Freehold buildings – 40 to 75 years;

(cid:129)  Leasehold improvements – lease term; and

(cid:129)  Plant and equipment – 2 to 15 years.

The asset’s residual values, useful lives and amortisation 
methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each 
financial year end.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

87

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(m)  Property, plant and equipment continued 

Impairment

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. If any such indication exists and where the carrying 
values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the 
assets or cash-generating units are written down to their 
recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment 
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

De-recognition

An item of property, plant and equipment is de-recognised 
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.

Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included 
in the Income Statement in the period the item is de-recognised.

(n)  Intangible assets

Licences

Licences are carried at cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino 
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value 
greater than their recoverable amount.

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost of acquisition. 
The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the remaining life of the licence from 
the time PBL acquired Crown Melbourne, being 34 years. 
The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual and, 
as such, no amortisation is charged. The Crown Perth 
licence is subject to an annual impairment assessment.

Goodwill

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being 
the excess of the cost of the business combination over 
the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following 
initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.

88

As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated 
to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit 
from the combination’s synergies.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is 
determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the 
cash generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and 
part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the 
goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is 
included in the carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. 
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured 
on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed 
of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

Other intangible assets

Acquired both separately and from a business combination.

Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost 
and from a business combination are capitalised at fair value 
as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, the 
cost model is applied to the class of intangible assets.

The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to 
be either finite or indefinite. Where amortisation is charged 
on assets with finite lives, this expense is taken to the 
Income Statement.

Intangible assets created within the business are not 
capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits 
in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an indicator 
of impairment exists, and annually in the case of intangible 
assets with indefinite lives, either individually or at the cash 
generating unit level. Useful lives are also examined on an 
annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made 
on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and 
are recognised in the Income Statement when the net asset 
is de-recognised.

(o)  Recoverable amount of assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there 
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where 
an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a 
formal estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying 
amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the 
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(o)  Recoverable amount of assets continued

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate 
asset. The expense relating to any provision is presented 
in the Income Statement net of any reimbursement.

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows that are 
largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or 
groups of assets (cash-generating units). In assessing value 
in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted 
to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the asset.

(p)  Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are brought to account for 
amounts payable in relation to goods received and services 
rendered, whether or not billed to the Group at reporting 
date. The Group operates in a number of diverse markets, 
and accordingly the terms of trade vary by business.

(q)  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair 
value of the consideration received less directly attributable 
transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the 
Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly associated with qualifying assets 
are capitalised, including any other associated costs directly 
attributable to the borrowing. The capitalisation rate to 
determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised is 
the weighted average interest rate applicable to the Group’s 
outstanding borrowings during the year, in this case 6.9%.

All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they 
are incurred.

(r)  Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) to make a future sacrifice 
of economic benefits to other entities as a result of past 
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future 
sacrifice of economic benefit will be required and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions 
are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the 
risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the 
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as a finance cost.

A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability 
unless the dividends are declared, or publicly recommended 
on or before the reporting date.

(s)  Employee benefits

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as 
a result of employees rendering services up to reporting 
date including related on-costs. The benefits include wages 
and salaries, incentives, compensated absences and other 
benefits, which are charged against profits in their respective 
expense categories when services are provided or benefits 
vest with the employee.

The provision for employee benefits is measured at the 
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability is 
settled. Benefits expected to be settled after twelve months 
from the reporting date are measured at the present value 
of the estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the reporting date.

The liability for long service leave is recognised in the 
provision for employee benefits and measured as the 
present value of expected future payments to be made 
in respect of services provided by employees up to the 
reporting date using the projected unit credit method. 
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary 
levels, experience of employee departures, and periods 
of service. Expected future payments are discounted using 
market yields at the reporting date on national government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match, 
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

(t)  Share-based payment transactions

Equity settled transactions

The Group provides benefits to senior executives in the 
form of share-based payments, whereby executives render 
services in exchange for shares or rights over shares 
(equity-settled transactions).

The plan in place to provide these benefits is the Executive 
Share Plan (ESP).

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with executives 
is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date which they are granted. The fair 
value is determined by an external valuer using the Monte 
Carlo model, further details of which are given in note 26.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

89

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(t)  Share-based payment transactions continued

Equity settled transactions continued

In valuing equity-settled transactions, only conditions linked 
to the price of the shares of Crown Limited are taken into 
account, further details of which are given in note 26.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together 
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in 
which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, 
ending on the date on which the relevant executives become 
fully entitled to the award (the vesting period).

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 
transactions at each reporting date until vesting dates reflects:

(i)  The extent to which the vesting period has expired; and

(ii)  The Group’s best estimate of the number of equity 

instruments that will ultimately vest.

No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market 
performance conditions being met as the effect of these 
conditions is included in the determination of fair value at 
grant date. The charge to the Income Statement for the 
period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less 
the amounts already charged in previous periods. There 
is a corresponding entry to equity.

(u)  Leases

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all 
the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased 
item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair 
value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments.

Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges 
and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the 
Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(v)  De-recognition of financial instruments

The de-recognition of a financial instrument takes place 
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights 
that comprise the financial instrument, which is normally 
the case when the instrument is sold, or all the cash flows 
attributable to the instrument are passed through to an 
independent third party.

(w)  Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is 
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value 
of derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash flow 
hedges, are taken directly to profit or loss for the year.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts are calculated 
by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts 
with similar maturity profiles. The fair values of interest rate 
swaps are determined by reference to market values for 
similar instruments.

Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting 
are accounted for as follows:

(i)  Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or 
an unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified portion 
of such an asset, liability or firm commitment that is 
attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss. 
For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the hedged 
item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to the risk 
being hedged and the derivative is remeasured to fair value. 
Gains and losses from both are taken to profit or loss.

The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if 
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 
exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting or the Group revokes the designation. Any 
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged financial 
instrument for which the effective interest method is used 
is amortised to profit or loss. Amortisation may begin as 
soon as an adjustment exists and shall begin no later than 
when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes 
in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

(ii)  Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure 
to variability in cash flows that is attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability that 
is a firm commitment and that could affect profit or loss. 
The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the 
ineffective portion is recognised in the Income Statement.

Amounts taken to equity are transferred out of equity and 
included in the measurement of the hedged transaction 
(finance costs or inventory purchases) when the forecast 
transaction occurs. If the hedging instrument expires or 
is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or 
roll-over, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to 
it being ineffective), amounts previously recognised in equity 
remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.

90

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(y)  Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital is 
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, 
less transaction costs.

(z)  Revenue

Revenue is recognised and measured at the fair value of 
the consideration received or receivable to the extent that 
it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the 
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The 
following specific recognition criteria must also be met 
before revenue is recognised:

Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and 
can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered 
passed to the buyer at the time of delivery of the goods to 
the customer.

Rendering of services

Revenue is recognised when control of the right to be 
compensated for the services and the stage of completion 
can be reliably measured.

Casino revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.

Interest

Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the 
effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the financial instrument) to the net carrying 
amount of the financial asset.

Dividends

Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right 
to receive the payment is established.

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(x)  Impairment of financial assets

(i)  Financial assets carried at amortised cost

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a 
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on 
loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has been 
incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the 
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding 
future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted 
at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the 
effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). The 
carrying amount of the asset is reduced either directly or 
through use of an allowance account. The amount of the 
loss is recognised in the Income Statement.

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of 
impairment exists individually for financial assets that are 
individually significant, and individually or collectively for 
financial assets that are not individually significant. If it is 
determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists 
for an individually assessed financial asset, whether 
significant or not, the asset is included in a group of financial 
assets with similar credit risk characteristics and that group 
of financial assets is collectively assessed for impairment. 
Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for 
which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised 
are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any 
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in 
the Income Statement, to the extent that the carrying value 
of the asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the 
reversal date.

(ii)  Financial assets carried at cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has 
been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that is not 
carried at fair value (because its fair value cannot be reliably 
measured), or on a derivative asset that is linked to and 
must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity 
instrument, the amount of the loss is measured as the 
difference between the assets carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated cash flows, discounted at the 
current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

91

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

(ac)  Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a 
business combination shall be measured at fair value, which 
shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair 
values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, the liabilities 
incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the acquiree 
and the equity issued by the acquirer, and the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Acquisition-related 
costs are expensed as incurred.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the 
financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate 
classification and designation in accordance with the 
contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s 
operating or accounting policies and other pertinent 
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the 
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts 
by the acquiree.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the 
acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value 
at the acquisition date through profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the 
acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will 
be recognised in accordance with AASB 139 either in profit 
or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. If the 
contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not 
be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued 

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(aa)  Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted to 
exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends), 
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, 
adjusted for any bonus element.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted for:

(cid:129)  costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);

(cid:129)  the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated 
with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been 
recognised as expenses; and

(cid:129)  other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses 
during the period that would result from the dilution of 
potential ordinary shares;

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any 
bonus element.

(ab)  Segment Information
The Group’s operating segments have been determined 
based on internal management reporting structure and the 
nature of the products provided by the Group. They reflect 
the business level at which financial information is provided 
to management for decision making regarding resource 
allocation and performance assessment. The segment 
information presented is consistent with internal 
management reporting.

The Group has three operating segments being Crown 
Melbourne, Crown Perth and Aspinall’s Club.

92

 
 
 
 
2.  Segment Information
30 June 2012

N
o
t
e
s

Normalised Result (1)

Crown 
Melbourne
$’000

Crown 
Perth
$’000

Aspinall’s 
Club
$’000

Unallo- 
cated
$’000

Crown 
Group
$’000

Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000

Note

Actual

Crown  
Group
$’000

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

991,915

440,774

253

– 1,432,942

– 1,432,942

481,013

154,267

91,402

–

726,682

70,636

797,318

372,074

190,068

1,138

4,627

567,907

(393)

–

–

567,907

(393)

1,845,002

785,109

92,793

4,627 2,727,138

70,636

2,797,774

3

11,522

11,522

1,845,002

785,109

92,793

4,627 2,738,660

70,636 2,809,296 (2)

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Operating revenue

Main floor gaming

VIP program play

Non Gaming

Intersegment

Operating revenue

Interest revenue

Total revenue

Segment result

 Gaming taxes & commissions

(580,959)

(195,946)

(48,839)

–

(825,744)

8,619

(817,125)

Operating expenses

Intersegment

 Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation 
“EBITDA”

(753,457)

(362,884)

(23,310)

(40,123)

(1,179,774)

393

–

–

(1,179,774)

393

510,586

226,279

20,644

(35,496)

722,013

79,255

801,268

 Depreciation and amortisation

3

(168,519)

(45,916)

(1,195)

(2,630)

(218,260)

–

(218,260)

 Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT”

342,067

180,363

19,449

(38,126)

503,753

79,255

583,008

 Equity accounted share of 
associates’ net profit/(loss)

 Net interest income/(expense)

 Income tax benefit/(expense)

95,133

43,739

138,872

(102,062)

–

(102,062)

(81,864)

(24,629)

(106,493)

Profit/(loss) after tax

342,067

180,363

19,449

(38,126)

414,960

98,365

513,325

Capital expenditure

249,418

238,611

1,827

33

489,889

–

489,889

Investments in associates

10

–

–

– 1,088,744 1,088,744

– 1,088,744

(1)  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne, 

Crown Perth, Aspinall’s Club and Melco Crown). The theoretical win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time. 
Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming taxes, income tax expense and equity 
accounted share of associates’ result.

(2) Total revenue of $2,809.3 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Income Statement.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

2.  Segment Information continued
30 June 2011

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Normalised Result (1)

Crown 
Melbourne
$’000

Crown 
Perth
$’000

Aspinall’s 
Club
$’000

Unallo-
cated
$’000

Crown 
Group
$’000

Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000

Note

Actual

Crown 
Group
$’000

930,657

413,770

–

– 1,344,427

– 1,344,427

418,236

116,772

30,583

365,179

169,728

145

–

19

565,591

(44,219)

521,372

535,071

(194)

–

–

535,071

(194)

1,714,072

700,270

30,728

19 2,444,895

(44,219) 2,400,676

3

8,968

–

8,968

1,714,072

700,270

30,728

19 2,453,863

(44,219) 2,409,644 (2)

Operating revenue

Main floor gaming

VIP program play

Non Gaming

Intersegment

Operating revenue

Interest revenue

Total revenue

Segment result

Gaming taxes & commissions

(503,406)

(157,044)

(21,469)

–

(681,919)

16,251

(665,668)

Operating expenses

Intersegment

Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation 
“EBITDA”

(704,955)

(348,073)

(5,339)

(39,906) (1,098,273)

– (1,098,273)

194

–

194

505,711

195,153

3,920

(39,887)

664,897

(27,968)

636,929

Depreciation and amortisation

3

(155,238)

(37,437)

(308)

(2,620)

(195,603)

–

(195,603)

Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT”

350,473

157,716

3,612

(42,507)

469,294

(27,968)

441,326

Equity accounted share of 
associates’ net profit/(loss)

Net interest income/(expense)

Income tax benefit/(expense)

16,640

15,726

32,366

(66,578)

–

(66,578)

(79,074)

7,815

(71,259)

Profit/(loss) after tax

350,473

157,716

3,612

(42,507) 340,282

(4,427)

335,855

Capital expenditure

231,054

125,657

26

8

356,745

Investments in associates

10

–

–

–

851,721

851,721

–

–

356,745

851,721

(1)  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne, 
Crown Perth, Aspinall’s Club and Melco Crown) and pre-opening costs in respect of City of Dreams. The theoretical win rate is the expected hold 
percentage on VIP program play over time. Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming 
taxes, income tax expense and equity accounted share of associates’ result.

(2) Total revenue of $2,409.6 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Income Statement.

94

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

3.  Revenue and Expenses

Profit before income tax expense includes the following revenues and expenses:

(a)  Revenue from continuing operations

Revenue from services

Revenue from sale of goods

Interest

Dividends

Other operating revenue

(b)  Other income from continuing operations

Profit on disposal of non-current assets

(c)  Expenses from continuing operations

Cost of sales

Gaming activities

Other ordinary activities

Depreciation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above)

Buildings

Plant and equipment

Amortisation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above)

Casino licence fee and management agreement

Other assets

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

(d)  Other income and expense disclosures

Finance costs expensed:

Debt facilities

Capitalised interest

Bad and doubtful debts – trade debtors

Rentals – operating leases

Superannuation expense

Other employee benefits expense

Executive share plan expenses

Net (gain)/loss on listed investments & total return swaps

Net foreign currency (gains)/losses

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2,433,817

2,063,289

339,402

315,947

11,522

4,627

19,502

8,968

19

21,018

2,808,870

2,409,241

426

403

127,210

119,623

2,044,803

1,797,202

42,753

42,526

2,214,766

1,959,351

70,394

130,182

200,576

54,757

120,810

175,567

14,437

3,247

17,684

14,417

5,619

20,036

218,260

195,603

125,705

(12,121)

113,584

17,326

7,002

45,219

86,440

(10,895)

75,545

11,210

5,262

41,872

683,951

628,921

–

(20,111)

(1,214)

1,683

(7,775)

2,885

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

95

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

4.  Dividends Paid and Announced

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

(a)  Dividends declared and paid during the financial year

Prior year final dividend (paid 14 October 2011)

Paid at 19 cents (2010: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2010: 60% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)

141,630

144,095

Current year interim dividend (paid 17 April 2012)

Paid at 18 cents (2011: 18 cents) per share franked at 50% (2011: 60% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2011: 30%)

Total dividends appropriated

(b)  Dividends announced and not recognised as a liability

Current year final dividend (expected to be paid 12 October 2012)

131,111

136,511

272,741

280,606

Announced at 19 cents (2011: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2011: 50% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2011: 30%)

138,395

144,095

(c)  Franking credits

The tax rate at which the final dividend will be franked is 30% (2011: 30%). The franking account 
disclosures have been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 30 June 2012.

The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year:

Franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2011: 30%)

6,550

24,612

Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income taxes payable as at the end of the 
financial year

Franking debits that will arise from the refund of income taxes receivable as at the end of the 
financial year

Total franking credits

42,955

16,846

(528)

48,977

(7,975)

33,483

The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods:

Impact on the franking account of dividends announced before the financial report 
was authorised for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during 
the financial year

Total franking credits available for future reporting periods

(29,656)

(30,877)

19,321

2,606

96

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

5.  Income Tax

(a)  Income tax expense

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

The prima facie tax expense, using tax rates applicable in the country of operation, on profit 
differs from income tax provided in the financial statements as follows:

Profit before income tax

Prima facie income tax expense on profit at the Australian rate of 30% (2011: 30%)

619,818

185,945

407,114

122,134

Tax effect of:

Non deductible depreciation and amortisation

Share of associates’ net losses/(profits)

Differences in foreign tax rates

Non assessable income sheltered by capital losses

Other items – net

Deferred income tax on temporary differences

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

Income tax expense

Income tax expense comprises:

Current expense

Deferred expense

Deferred expense/(benefit) due to change in tax rate

Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods

(b) Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities

Acquisitions

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

(c) Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the financial year

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Doubtful debt provision

Employee benefits provision

Revenue losses carried forward

Other receivables

Other provisions

Prepaid casino tax

Licences and intangibles

Land and buildings

Property, plant & equipment

Other

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

2,242

(41,662)

(34,850)

–

(8,764)

(8,238)

11,820

106,493

102,912

(8,456)

217

2,247

(9,710)

(30,335)

(14)

2,201

4,779

(20,043)

71,259

86,523

4,779

–

11,820

(20,043)

106,493

71,259

112,640

205,605

–

108,731

209,527

398

(92,965)

(101,194)

8,851

26,442

3,241

33,474

23,289

9,060

24,647

7,422

38,905

19,133

(18,050)

(18,870)

(109,565)

(117,351)

(77,653)

(71,593)

6,683

10,323

6,770

683

(92,965)

(101,194)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

97

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

5.  Income Tax continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(d)  Movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the financial year

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year

Charged/(credited) to the income statement

Acquisitions

Exchange differences

Carrying amount at the end of the year

(e)   Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation of the benefits 
represented by these balances is not considered to be probable

The Group has tax losses arising in Australia that are available indefinitely for offset against 
future capital gains.

Capital gains tax – no expiry date

Total tax losses not brought to account

Potential tax benefit at respective tax rates

(f)  Unrecognised temporary differences

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

(101,194)

(96,017)

8,239

–

(10)

(4,779)

(398)

–

(92,965)

(101,194)

1,190,351

1,190,351

357,105

801,389

801,389

240,417

At 30 June 2012, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2011: $nil) for taxes that would be 
payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has 
no liability for additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.

(g)  Tax consolidation

Crown Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect from 
1 July 2007. Crown Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax 
sharing arrangement with Crown Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between Crown Limited and the wholly 
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities should 
the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the possibility of default is remote.

(h)  Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group

Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides 
for the allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable 
income for the period. The allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase/decrease 
in the subsidiaries inter-company accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Limited.

6.  Trade and Other Receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Provision for doubtful debts (a)

Loans to associated entities

Other receivables

98

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

203,532

(31,389)

172,143

209

29,382

29,591

122,776

(30,704)

92,072

426

31,258

31,684

201,734

123,756

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

6.  Trade and Other Receivables continued
(a)  Allowance for Doubtful Debts

Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts

Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year

Net doubtful debt expense (1)

Amounts written off

Exchange differences

(1)  Amounts are included in other expenses.

Ageing analysis of trade debtors

2012 – consolidated

Current

Past due not impaired

Considered impaired

2011 – consolidated

Current

Past due not impaired

Considered impaired

Non-current

Loans to associated entities (1)

Other receivables

(1)  Loan terms are outlined in note 31.

7.  Inventories

Current

Finished goods (at cost)

2012
$’000

(30,704)

(17,326)

16,659

(18)

2011
$’000

(26,897)

(11,210)

7,403

–

(31,389)

(30,704)

0–30 days
$’000

>30 days
$’000

Total
$’000

22,137

–

136

–

22,137

150,006

150,006

31,253

31,389

22,273

181,259

203,532

25,873

–

130

26,003

–

66,199

30,574

96,773

2012
$’000

25,873

66,199

30,704

122,776

2011
$’000

92,713

10,154

120,399

11,078

102,867

131,477

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

11,850

18,070

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

99

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

8.  Other Financial Assets

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Current

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

Receivable on total return swaps

Non-current

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

2012
$’000

337

–

337

–

–

2011
$’000

–

7,775

7,775

24,051

24,051

Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency changes are provided in note 35.

9.  Investments

At fair value

Shares – listed (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

353,362

37,305

63,671

454,338

–

37,633

61,025

98,658

Investments consist of shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate. On 14 June 2012 Echo announced 
a 1 for 5 renounceable entitlement offer for new Echo ordinary shares at a price of $3.30 per share. Crown participated 
in the retail component of the entitlement offer which settled on 18 July. Listed investments include Crown’s share of Echo’s 
renounceable entitlement offer which was settled subsequent to year end for $45.4 million.

The fair value of listed investments have been determined by reference to published price quotations in an active market.

The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not 
supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes that the estimated fair values resulting from the valuation 
techniques and recorded in the Statement of Financial Position and the related changes in fair value recorded in the Income 
Statement are reasonable and the most appropriate at the reporting date.

Based on the valuation techniques performed, the fair value movement on listed investments is as disclosed in note 3. There 
has been no fair value movement on unlisted investments during the year (2011: $nil).

10.  Investments in Associates

Investment details:

Associated entities – unlisted shares

Associated entities – listed shares

Total investments in associates

Fair value of listed investments:

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd (1)

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

6,800

1,081,944

1,088,744

3,669

848,052

851,721

2,087,261

2,129,988

2,087,261

2,129,988

(1)  Reflects Melco Crown share price at balance date, converted to Australian dollars. In accordance with Crown’s accounting policies, recoverable 
amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Melco Crown carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.

100

 
 
 
 
10.  Investments in Associates continued

Investments in Associates

Reporting 
Date

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd

31 Dec (2)

Principal Activity

Resort/Casino and 
gaming machine operator

Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd

30 April (2)

Betting exchange

Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd

30 June

Casino and gaming 
machine operator

(2)  The Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.

(3)  Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd was incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

Share of associates’ revenue and profits/(losses)

Share of associates’:

Revenue

Operating profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) after income tax

Carrying amount of investments in associates

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Carrying amount of investments in associates acquired during the year

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) for the year

Foreign exchange movements

% Interest

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Principal Place 
of Business

30 June 
2012

30 June 
2011

Macau (3)

Australia

U.K.

33.6

50.0

50.0

33.4

50.0

50.0

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

1,759,465

1,523,293

140,214

(1,342)

31,681

685

138,872

32,366

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

851,721

1,029,669

57,550

138,872

15,106

32,366

40,601

(225,420)

Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end of the financial year

1,088,744

851,721

Represented by:
(cid:129)  Melco Crown
(cid:129)  Betfair

The consolidated entity’s share of the assets and liabilities of associates in aggregate

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Retained profits/(accumulated losses) of the consolidated entity attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Share of associates’ net profits/(losses)

Balance at the end of the financial year

1,081,944

848,052

6,800

3,669

1,088,744

851,721

744,152

402,997

1,517,125

1,372,854

(490,183)

(164,696)

(648,641)

(775,949)

1,122,453

835,206

(238,374)

(270,740)

138,872

32,366

(99,502)

(238,374)

The investment in Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd was previously written down to $nil and Crown has therefore discontinued 
recognising its share of further losses. The Group’s share of unrecognised losses as at 30 June 2012 for Aspers Group is 
$10.4 million (2011: $6.4 million).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

101

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

10.  Investments in Associates continued
Impairment Testing

Based on detailed impairment testing performed, there has been no impairment charge during the year (2011: $nil).

For the purposes of impairment testing, management estimated the present value of the future cash flows expected to be 
generated from operations and the proceeds from ultimate disposal. These calculations use cash flow projections based on 
past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period. The implied terminal growth rate beyond 
the five year period does not exceed the forecasted long term inflation rates of up to 3.5% (2011: 4.3%). Post-tax discount 
rates of between 10% and 12% were used in the impairment review calculations (2011: 9% – 11%).

Any reasonable possible change in key assumptions used would not cause the carrying amount of the investments to exceed 
their recoverable amounts.

11.  Property, Plant and Equipment

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
$’000

Buildings on 
leasehold 
land
$’000

Plant & 
equipment
$’000

Construction 
work in 
progress
$’000

Leased 
plant & 
equipment
$’000

Total 
property, 
plant and 
equipment
$’000

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Exchange differences

Reclassification/transfer

906,013

326

–

685,752

214,978

746,534

67,832

176,606

206,753

(74)

(25)

(23,812)

(46,582)

(130,182)

–

139,666

108

–

152

115,587

(255,253)

–

–

–

At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

1,022,193

854,182

799,898

128,106

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,514,905

489,889

(99)

(200,576)

260

–

2,804,379

At 1 July 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,103,774

1,098,679

1,729,766

176,606

10,679

4,119,504

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

(197,761)

(412,927)

(983,232)

–

(10,679)

(1,604,599)

Net carrying amount

906,013

685,752

746,534

176,606

–

2,514,905

At 30 June 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,248,223

1,312,721

1,901,664

128,106

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

(226,030)

(458,539)

(1,101,766)

–

Net carrying amount

1,022,193

854,182

799,898

128,106

–

–

–

4,590,714

(1,786,335)

2,804,379

102

 
 
 
 
11.  Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
$’000

Buildings on 
leasehold 
land
$’000

Plant & 
equipment
$’000

Construction 
work in 
progress
$’000

Leased 
plant & 
equipment
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2011

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Acquisition of subsidiary

Exchange differences

Reclassification/transfer

966,556

1,120

–

675,132

34,043

535,942

165,483

142,829

156,099

–

(92)

(22,376)

(32,381)

(120,810)

–

–

9,156

(198)

4,497

(95)

(39,287)

–

161,609

(122,322)

–

–

–

–

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

906,013

685,752

746,534

176,606

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
property, 
plant and 
equipment
$’000

2,320,459

356,745

(92)

(175,567)

13,653

(293)

–

2,514,905

At 1 July 2010

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,137,453

1,046,742

1,409,420

142,829

10,679

3,747,123

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

(170,897)

(371,610)

(873,478)

–

(10,679)

(1,426,664)

Net carrying amount

966,556

675,132

535,942

142,829

–

2,320,459

At 30 June 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,103,774

1,098,679

1,729,766

176,606

10,679

4,119,504

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment

(197,761)

(412,927)

(983,232)

–

(10,679)

(1,604,599)

Net carrying amount

906,013

685,752

746,534

176,606

–

2,514,905

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

103

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

12.  Licences

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Amortisation expense

At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 July 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

Year ended 30 June 2011

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Additions

Amortisation expense

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 July 2010

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

(1)  Purchased as part of a business combination.

Casino 
Licence (1)
$’000

664,455

(7,472)

656,983

794,899

(130,444)

664,455

794,899

(137,916)

656,983

651,926

20,000

(7,471)

664,455

774,899

(122,973)

651,926

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives.

The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised over 34 years. The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual 
and no amortisation is charged.

104

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

13.  Other Intangible Assets

Casino 
Management 
Agreement (1)
$’000

Goodwill (1)
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

56,518

155,624

Additions

Exchange differences

Amortisation expense

–

432

–

–

–

(6,965)

Other
$’000

Total
$’000

888

1,787

–

(512)

213,030

1,787

432

(7,477)

At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

56,950

148,659

2,163

207,772

At 1 July 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

56,518

245,279

1,025

302,822

–

(89,655)

56,518

155,624

(137)

888

(89,792)

213,030

56,950

245,279

–

(96,620)

56,950

148,659

2,812

(649)

2,163

305,041

(97,269)

207,772

Year ended 30 June 2011

At 1 July 2010, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Business acquisitions

Exchange differences

Amortisation expense

At 30 June 2011, net of accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

11,892

45,853

(1,227)

162,570

–

–

–

(6,946)

908

–

–

(20)

175,370

45,853

(1,227)

(6,966)

56,518

155,624

888

213,030

At 1 July 2010

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

(1)  Purchased as part of a business combination

11,892

245,279

–

(82,709)

11,892

162,570

1,025

(117)

908

258,196

(82,826)

175,370

Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 14). $45.1 million of the goodwill 
balance at 30 June 2012 is attributable to Aspinall’s Club.

The useful life of the Crown Melbourne casino management agreement is 34 years, and is amortised on a straight line basis.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

105

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

14.  Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
Impairment tests for intangible assets

Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identified according 
to business segment.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated 
using a discounted cash flow methodology covering a specified period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of that 
period, for each segment. The methodology utilises cash flow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans presented 
to and approved by the Board. The implied terminal growth rate beyond the five year period does not exceed the forecasted 
long term Australian inflation rate of 2.2% (2011: 2.8%).

The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake 
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.

(a)  Cash flow forecasts

Cash flow forecasts are based on past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period.

(b)  Residual value

Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash flow forecast using a weighted average cost 
of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.

(c)  Forecast growth rates

Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance in each segment.

(d)  Discount rates

A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 8% and 10% was used by the Group in impairment testing, 
risk adjusted where applicable.

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

100,800

100,800

(40,634)

60,166

(37,899)

62,901

2,674

62,840

3,424

66,325

15.  Other Assets

Non-current

Prepaid casino tax at cost

Accumulated amortisation

Other prepayments

106

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

16.  Trade and Other Payables

Current – unsecured

Trade and other payables

Deferred Income

Non-current – unsecured

Other

17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings

Current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured

Non-current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured

Capital Markets Debt – unsecured

Fair Value Disclosures

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

324,561

237,207

1,170

682

325,731

237,889

138

138

–

–

2012
$’000

29,077

29,077

2011
$’000

19,752

19,752

1,295,509

370,080

688,401

361,306

1,665,589

1,049,707

Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 35.

Financial Risk Management

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 35.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

107

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings continued 
Financing and Credit Facilities

Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows:

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Facility Type

Bank Facilities

Bilateral Multi Option Facilities

Syndicated Revolving Facility

Syndicated Revolving and Term Loan Facility (1)

GBP Syndicated Facility

Letter of Credit Facility

Australian Dollar Bilateral Facilities

Debt Capital Markets

Euro Medium Term Note

US Private Placement

Facility 
Amount
$’000

Drawn 
Amount
$’000

Letters of 
Credit 
Issued
$’000

Available
$’000

Expiry Dates

49,077

345,000

600,000

130,509

170,000

750,000

600,000

130,509

185,000

200,000

19,498

101,425

Feb-13/Oct 13

–

–

–

405,000

2015 – 2016

–

–

–

–

July 2013

2015 – 2016

June 2021

July 2013

–

185,000

200,000

–

2,035,509

1,324,586

204,498

506,425

174,634

195,446

174,634

195,446

370,080

370,080

–

–

–

July 2036

2015 – 2020

–

–

–

Total at 30 June 2012

2,405,589

1,694,666

204,498

506,425

Total at 30 June 2011

2,230,948

1,069,707

202,728

958,513

(1)  The $600 million bank facility has been extended to July 2013. This facility is being refinanced.

The bank facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by domestic and international banks.

The debt capital markets drawn amounts represent unsecured notes issued to international debt investors.

Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the letter of credit facility, syndicated facilities and the 
bilateral facilities which are multi option in nature.

Each of the above mentioned facilities is supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its subsidiaries and 
impose various affirmative covenants on Crown, including compliance with certain financial ratios and negative covenants, 
including restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including a payment default, breach of covenants, 
cross-default and insolvency events.

During the current and prior year, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans or borrowings.

Refer to note 24(b) for a summary of Crown’s overdraft facilities.

108

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

18.  Provisions

At 1 July 2011

Arising during the year

Utilised during the year

At 30 June 2012

Current 2012

Non-current 2012

At 30 June 2012

Current 2011

Non-current 2011

At 30 June 2011

19.  Other Financial Liabilities

Current

Payables on forward exchange contracts

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on total return swaps

Non-current

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Other financial liabilities are outlined in note 35.

Employee 
Entitlements
$’000

115,223

75,432

(67,718)

Other
$’000

15,393

6,472

(4,642)

Total
$’000

130,616

81,904

(72,360)

122,937

17,223

140,160

84,754

38,183

17,223

–

101,977

38,183

122,937

17,223

140,160

91,888

23,335

115,223

11,029

4,364

15,393

102,917

27,699

130,616

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

–

2,276

11,185

11,036

22,221

146

8,515

8,661

–

–

2,276

10,970

63,255

74,225

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

109

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

20.  Contributed Equity

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid

Movements in issued share capital

Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year

ESP proceeds

Share buy-back

Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Shares held in Trust

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Shares acquired by the Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan

Balance at the end of the financial year

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid

Movements in issued share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Share buy-back

Balance at the end of the financial year

Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

446,763

645,475

645,475

638,690

39,345

(238,057)

6,785

–

446,763

645,475

–

(480)

(480)

2012
No.

–

–

–

2011
No.

728,394,185 758,394,185

758,394,185 758,394,185

(30,000,000)

–

728,394,185 758,394,185

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company in proportion 
to the number of shares held.

The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy or attorney 
or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:

(a)  on a show of hands, one vote only;

(b)  on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.

Capital Management

When managing capital, the Group’s objective is to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. 
The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.

During 2012, the Group paid dividends of $272.7 million. The Group’s dividend policy going forward is to pay the higher 
of 37 cents per share or 65% of normalised full year NPAT (excluding non-cash profits from associates), subject to the Group’s 
financial position.

110

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings

Foreign currency translation reserve

Employee equity benefits reserve

Net unrealised gains reserve

Cash flow hedge reserve

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

(323,419)

(363,804)

13,010

13,010

628,704

629,032

(19,509)

(52,450)

298,786

225,788

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from 
the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Net exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

Balance at the end of the financial year

(363,804)

(157,888)

40,385

(205,916)

(323,419)

(363,804)

Employee Equity Benefits Reserve

The employee equity benefits reserve is used to record share based remuneration obligations 
to executives in relation to ordinary shares.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to the income statement

Balance at the end of the financial year

Net Unrealised Gains Reserve

The net unrealised gains reserve records the movement from changes in investments and 
associates equity.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Change in net unrealised gains reserve

Balance at the end of the financial year

Cash Flow Hedge Reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument 
in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Movement in interest rate swaps

Movement in cross currency swaps

Movement in forward exchange contracts

Transfer to statement of financial position/statement of comprehensive income

Balance at the end of the financial year

13,010

–

13,010

11,327

1,683

13,010

629,032

628,532

(328)

500

628,704

629,032

(52,450)

(33,220)

(361)

54,740

2,399

(23,837)

6,130

(39,755)

14,395

–

(19,509)

(52,450)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

111

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Retained Earnings

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Net profit after tax

Total available for appropriation

Dividends provided for or paid

Balance at the end of the financial year

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2,389,097

2,331,864

513,325

335,855

2,902,422

2,667,719

(272,741)

(278,622)

2,629,681

2,389,097

22.  Business Combinations
There were no business combinations in the 2012 financial year.

In 2011, Crown Limited acquired ACL (Aspinall’s Club Limited), the owner and operator of the Aspinall’s Club in London, 
from the Aspers Group (a 50:50 joint venture between Crown and the Aspinall family). The consideration transferred was 
$58.9 million (£38.1 million). The transaction resulted in Crown Limited owning 100% of the shares in ACL.

The fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of ACL as at the date of acquisition were:

2011
$’000

3,807

1,095

238

1,799

13,653

20,592

6,416

407

6,823

13,769

45,172

58,941

58,941

(3,807)

55,134

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Fair value of identifiable net assets

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Consideration transferred for acquisition of identifiable net assets

Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary

Cash Paid

Cash Acquired

Net Cash Flow – Acquisition of subsidiary

112

 
 
 
 
23.  Expenditure Commitments
(a)  Capital expenditure commitments

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, but not provided for:

Payable within one year

Payable after one year but not more than five years

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

213,043

325,630

20,683

64,494

233,726

390,124

At 30 June 2012, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects at Crown Perth 
and Crown Melbourne.

(b)  Non-cancellable operating lease commitments

Payable within one year

Payable after one year but not more than five years

Payable more than five years

2012
$’000

2,672

6,022

11,911

20,605

2011
$’000

1,924

2,475

16,959

21,358

The Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. The leases vary in contract period depending on the asset 
involved but generally have an average lease term of approximately 11 years (2011: 12 years). Operating leases include 
telecommunications rental agreements and leases on assets including motor vehicles, land and buildings and items of plant 
and equipment. Renewal terms are included in certain contracts, whereby renewal is at the option of the specific entity that 
holds the lease. On renewal, the terms of the leases are usually renegotiated. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee 
by entering into these leases.

In addition, in 1993 Crown Melbourne entered into a ninety-nine year lease agreement for the site upon which Crown 
Melbourne Entertainment Complex is located. For years one to forty inclusive the annual rent payable by the parent entity 
is one dollar per annum. For years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive the annual rent payable will be the then current market 
rent for the site. The aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for which is disclosed in 
this report does not include an estimate for the rent payable for years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive due to the uncertainty 
of these amounts.

24.  Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

(a)  Cash balance represents:
(cid:129)  cash on hand and at bank
(cid:129)  deposits at call

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

131,545

165,919

17,808

17,780

149,353

183,699

The above closing cash balances includes $143.4 million (2011: $130.3 million) of cash on the company’s premises and 
cash held in bank accounts (including deposits on call) needed to run the day to day operations of the businesses and 
cash of $6.0 million (2011: $53.4 million) for other purposes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

113

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

24.  Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(b)   Reconciliation of the profit/(loss) after tax to the net cash flows from 

operating activities

Profit after tax

Depreciation and amortisation:
(cid:129)  property, plant and equipment
(cid:129)  intangibles

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Share of associates’ net (profit)/loss

Executive Share Plan expense

Net (gain)/loss on listed investments & total return swaps

Changes in assets and liabilities:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in doubtful debts

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments

(Increase)/decrease in deferred income tax asset

(Increase)/decrease in other assets

(Decrease)/increase in payables

(Decrease)/increase in current income tax liability

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

(Decrease)/increase in deferred income tax liability

Net cash flows from operating activities

Bank Overdraft Facilities

The consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:

Bank

ANZ Banking Group Limited

Citibank NA

Royal Bank of Scotland PLC

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

513,325

335,855

200,576

17,684

(426)

(816)

175,567

20,036

(403)

4,015

(138,872)

(32,366)

–

(20,111)

1,683

(7,775)

(77,942)

(10,137)

685

6,220

(820)

(3,909)

(9,329)

17,639

61,573

9,543

(4,320)

8,417

(1,504)

(6,550)

2,350

5

(51,229)

5,908

288

6,809

570,700

450,969

2012

2011

A$20 million A$20 million

US$10 million US$10 million

£20 million

£10 million

As at 30 June 2012 the Royal Bank of Scotland PLC overdraft was drawn to £8.0m. There were no drawn down amounts 
on the remaining overdraft facilities at 30 June 2012.

25.  Events After the Reporting Period
Subsequent to 30 June 2012, the directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year 
ending 30 June 2012. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents a dividend of 19 cents per share 
franked at 50%. The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2012 financial statements.

114

 
 
 
 
26.  Executive Share Plan
During the year the Executive Share Plan (ESP) which was approved at the 1994 PBL Annual General Meeting was wound up. 
No ESP shares were issued to executives in the current financial year.

Crown ESP shares were subject to a performance condition, requiring a 7% compound annual growth in the Crown share 
price in order for the relevant portion of shares to vest and be released from restrictions under the ESP.

At 30 June 2012, there were no remaining ESP shares on issue. A summary of the movement in ESP shares during the year 
is as follows:

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Shares at the beginning of the financial year

Forfeited

Shares on issue at the end of the financial year

Loans to executives at the beginning of the financial year

Loans repaid and satisfied during the year

Loans to executives at year end

Methodology

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
No.

2011
No.

4,952,807

5,748,815

(4,952,807)

(796,008)

–

4,952,807

$57,726,075 $66,559,688

($57,726,075)

($8,833,613)

– $57,726,075

In accordance with Australian Accounting Standards the ESP shares are accounted for as share based payments (see 
note 1(t)) and as such the loan values are not recorded in Crown’s Statement of Financial Position until they become due.

The value that forms the basis was established at the time each ESP share was granted. As ESP shares were issued prior 
to the de-merger the valuation was performed using assumptions relevant to PBL before de-merger.

External valuers have used a Monte Carlo simulation model combined with a Black Scholes option pricing model to value the 
ESP this year. The value per share granted for each allotment incorporates the share price growth performance conditions.

The Monte Carlo simulation is a technique used to simulate future TSRs. The assumptions that underpin Black Scholes are 
used in a Monte Carlo simulation. The key assumptions are:

(cid:129)  Share price movement conforms to a lognormal distribution;

(cid:129)  Market efficiency; and

(cid:129)  Risk neutral valuation.

Using an estimate of the future standard deviation (volatility) of returns and the risk neutral valuation assumption (allowing 
the use of the risk free interest rate), the share price return distribution of a company at a future date is estimated. The Monte 
Carlo simulation technique simulates possible share price returns conforming to that distribution. At each simulation, the share 
price is also simulated, meaning an equity instrument can be valued at that date.

The share price simulated at one vesting date is used to simulate the share price at the next vesting date. If the target was 
not met at the earlier date, the unvested portion is carried to the next vesting date in the simulation.

Non transferability of the plans

During the period from grant date to vesting, executives cannot sell their plan rights. However, no adjustment is made to 
the fair values for this, as non-transferability is due to the executive having not yet earned the right to the plan (through the 
provision of their services), rather than a restriction on the underlying value of the plan rights.

After vesting, the holders have until expiry to “exercise” the plan. Since the plan rights are not transferable, liquidity can only 
be obtained by exercising the plan rights and selling the underlying shares. In the case of the ESP, given the seniority of the 
holders and the benefit of the limited recourse feature, it is assumed the ESP will be held until expiry.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

115

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

26.  Executive Share Plan continued
Dilution

When an investor exercises an exchange traded option, there is no change in either the company’s assets or the number 
of shares outstanding. However, when a company issued option is exercised, the number of shares outstanding will increase 
and the underlying assets of the company will be increased by the amount of the exercise proceeds. Any dilution of the share 
price of Crown which might arise on the issue of new shares following exercise of the ESP would be immaterial, given the number 
of existing shares on issue. Accordingly, no adjustment to the value of the ESP has been made for potential dilution.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Other assumptions applied by external valuer

(cid:129)  PBL’s share price was the loan amount per share as advised by Crown to the external valuer at the grant date for the ESP;

(cid:129)  The risk free rate is the yield on an Australian Government Bond with a life similar to the expected life at the valuation date;

(cid:129)  Expected volatility was based on PBL’s historical share price movement preceding the valuation date and the implied volatility 

on exchanged traded options; and

(cid:129)  The dividend yield was calculated based on the consensus broker EPS forecast divided by PBL’s share price.

New Long Term Incentive Plan (Crown LTI)

In 2010, Crown established a new LTI. The Crown LTI was designed as a successor long term incentive to the Employee Share 
Plan which was wound up during the year. The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect 
from 1 July 2010. The Crown LTI rewards relevant senior executives for achieving certain earnings per share targets over the 
four year period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2014. Further detail regarding the operation of the Crown LTI and the Senior 
Executives (or KMPs) who participate in the Crown LTI can be found in the Remuneration Report.

27.  Contingent Liabilities and Related Matters
The Group has no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2012.

Legal Actions

Entities within the group are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business. 
The group does not consider that the outcome of any proceedings ongoing at balance date, either individually or in aggregate, 
is likely to have a material effect on its financial position. Where appropriate, provisions have been made.

28.  Auditors’ Remuneration

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by Ernst & Young (Australia) for:

Auditing the accounts

Taxation services

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other member firms of Ernst & Young 
International for:

Auditing the accounts

Other services:
(cid:129)  Taxation services
(cid:129)  Consulting services

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by non Ernst & Young audit firms for:

Auditing services

2012
$’000

873

4,716

165

171

184

2011
$’000

817

3,482

30

321

44

6,109

4,694

49

71

116

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

29.  Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic and 
diluted EPS:

Net profit/(loss) after tax used in calculating basic and diluted EPS

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS (’000)

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

513,325

735,634

335,855

758,394

There are no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number 
of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these 
financial statements.

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures
(a)  Details of key management personnel

(i)  Directors

James D Packer 
John H Alexander 
Benjamin A Brazil 
Helen A Coonan 
Christopher D Corrigan 
Rowen B Craigie 
Rowena Danziger 
Geoffrey J Dixon 
John S Horvath 
Ashok Jacob 
Michael R Johnston 
Harold C Mitchell 

(ii)  Executives

Kenneth M Barton 
Barry J Felstead 
Greg F Hawkins 
W Todd Nisbet 

Executive Chairman
Executive Deputy Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director (appointed 2 December 2011)
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Chief Financial Officer 
Chief Executive Officer – Crown Perth
Chief Executive Officer – Crown Melbourne (from 5 December 2011)
Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development

(b)  Remuneration of key management personnel

Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the financial year are set out below:

Remuneration by category

Short term benefits

Post employment benefits

Termination benefits

Long term incentives

Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.

2012
$

2011
$

12,664,142

12,676,741

94,650

112,395

–

3,790,845

7,162,500

8,376,147

19,921,292

24,956,128

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

117

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)

30 June 2012

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Directors
(including directors who left the Board during the year)

James D Packer (1)

John H Alexander

Rowen B Craigie (2) (3)

Rowena Danziger

Harold C Mitchell

Executives

Ken M Barton (2)

Barry J Felstead (3)

Greg F Hawkins

Todd W Nisbet (2)

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Other Net 
Change

Balance 
30 June 
2012

–

–

24,182,723 350,311,967

–

506,047

35,217

(2,341,102)

–

–

–

–

Balance 
1 July 2011

326,129,244

506,047

2,341,102

30,896

114,887

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Balance 
1 July 2011

Other Net 
Change

–

9,782

–

234,110

1,509

–

–

–

17,608

(234,110)

–

–

35,217

30,896

114,887

Balance 
30 June 
2012

9,782

–

1,509

17,608

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan. 
Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may become entitled to have those shares transferred to them after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions in the 
2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan are met.

(3)  The other net change reflects the sale of ESP shares as part of the wind up of the ESP which completed during the year.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)

30 June 2011

Directors 
(including directors who left the Board during the year)

James D Packer (1)

John H Alexander

Rowen B Craigie (2)

Rowena Danziger

Harold C Mitchell (3)

Richard W Turner (4)

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  All of these shares are ESP shares.

(3)  Appointed 10 February 2011.

(4)  Resigned 1 May 2011.

118

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other Net 
Change

Balance 
30 June 
2011

22,623,954 326,129,244

–

–

–

114,887

–

506,047

2,341,102

30,896

114,887

19,373

Balance 
1 July 2010

303,505,290

506,047

2,341,102

30,896

–

19,373

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

30.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel continued

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly) continued

30 June 2011

Executives

David G Courtney (1) (3)

Barry J Felstead (2)

Greg F Hawkins

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Other Net 
Change

Balance 
30 June 
2011

–

–

–

(56,575)

643,802

–

–

234,110

1,509

Balance 
1 July 2010

700,377

234,110

1,509

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade. The balance of shares held at 30 June 2011 were all ESP shares. 

Those shares were sold during the 2012 financial year as part of the wind up of the ESP.

(2)  All of these shares are ESP shares.

(3)  Ceased performing role of Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited on 8 October 2010.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

31.  Related Party Disclosures
(a)  Parent entity

Crown Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.

(b)  Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures

Interests in significant controlled entities are set out in note 32.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 10.

(c)  Entity with significant influence over the Group

At balance date Consolidated Press Holdings Group (“CPH”), a group related to Mr James Packer, holds 48.09% (2011: 43.00%) 
of the Company’s fully paid ordinary shares.

(d)  Director related entities

Consolidated Media Holdings (“CMH”) is an entity classified as a related party due to Crown and CMH having a number 
of common directors.

(e)  Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 30, and in the Remuneration Report.

(f)  Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arm’s length transactions both at normal market prices and on normal 
commercial terms, unless otherwise stated.

(g)  Transactions with related parties

The continuing operations have had the following transactions with related parties:

(i)  Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group

CPH provided corporate secretarial and administrative services to Crown and its controlled entities of $0.2 million during 
the year (2011: $0.2 million). In addition CPH paid costs on behalf of Crown to third parties totalling $0.7 million during the 
year (2011: $1.3 million). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts owing to CPH (2011: $nil).

Crown and its controlled entities provided CPH with hotel and banqueting services of $41,000 during the year (2011: $39,000). 
At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts owing from CPH (2011: $nil).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

119

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

31.  Related Party Disclosures continued
(g)  Transactions with related parties continued

(i)  Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group continued

Crown and CMH jointly engaged certain legal and other advisers in relation to certain matters arising prior to the PBL de-merger. 
Costs of these advisers are shared in a manner consistent with Section 14 of the PBL Scheme Booklet, generally Crown – 75% 
and CMH – 25%. Similarly, payments in relation to liabilities arising from activities prior to the PBL demerger were shared 
on the same basis. At 30 June 2012 $0.2 million (2011: $0.1 million) was owing to CMH in relation 
to pre-demerger matters.

(ii)  Associates

Crown acquired additional equity in Melco Crown for an amount of $57.5 million (2011: $nil) arising from the conversion 
of previously outstanding shareholder loans to Melco Crown. Crown did not acquire any additional equity in Melco Crown 
from Melco Crown SPV Limited (2011: $15.1 million).

Interest charged on loans previously advanced to Melco Crown was $45,000 for the year (2011: $0.1 million). Crown provided 
Melco Crown IT and related services of $1.5 million (2011: $0.6 million) at cost during the year. Amounts receivable from 
Melco Crown at 30 June 2012 in relation to all charges made were $0.7 million (2011: $0.1 million).

Melco Crown provided $38,000 (2011: $40,000) in Hotel and other services to Crown during the year. In addition Melco Crown 
paid costs of $0.1 million (2011: $0.1 million) on behalf of Crown during the year which has subsequently been reimbursed in full.

Crown provided additional loans of $27.4 million (2011: $51.2 million) to Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd during the year. There 
were no loan repayments to Crown during the year (2011: $28.1 million). Interest charged on loans advanced to Aspers was 
$7.5 million for the year (2011: $5.8 million). At 30 June 2012 $81.2 million (2011: $49.2 million) was owing by Aspers. There 
were no costs paid by Aspers on behalf of Crown during the year (2011: $20,000). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts 
owing to Aspers (2011: $nil).

Crown did not pay any costs on behalf of Gateway during the year (2011: $0.3 million). At 30 June 2012 there were no amounts 
owing to or from Gateway (2011: $nil).

Crown made no further loans to Betfair during the year (2011: $nil). The loan balance with Betfair at 30 June 2012 was 
$11.7 million (2011: $11.7 million). No interest is payable on the loan. Crown provided Betfair Hotel and Banqueting services 
of $71,000 (2011: $40,000) during the year.

For the year ended 30 June 2012, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed by related 
parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2011: $nil).

An impairment assessment is undertaken each financial year by examining the financial position of the related party and the 
market in which the related party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related party receivable 
is impaired. When such objective evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the impairment loss. During the 
financial year Crown has assessed there is no impairment to related party receivables.

120

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

32.  Investment in Controlled Entities
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Crown Limited and its controlled entities. Significant 
controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:

Footnote

Country of 
Incorporation

Beneficial Interest Held by 
the Consolidated Entity(1)

Crown Limited
Artra Pty Ltd
Aspinall’s Club Limited
Burswood Limited
Burswood Nominees Ltd
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd
Crown Asia Investments Limited
Crown Capital Golf Pty Ltd
Crown Cyprus Limited
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings Two Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings General Partnership
Crown CCR Group Investments One LLC
Crown CCR Group Investments Two LLC
Crown CCR Holdings LLC
Crown CPS Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Gaming Management Pty Ltd
Crown Gateway Luxembourg Pty Ltd
Crown Group Finance Limited
Crown Group Securities Ltd
Crown Management Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Management Pty Ltd
Crown Melbourne Limited
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown North America Investments LLC
Crown Overseas Investments Pty Ltd
Crown Services (US) LLC
Crown UK Investments Ltd
Crown (Western Australia) Pty Ltd
Flienn Pty Ltd
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd
Jemtex Pty Ltd
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd
PBL (CI) Finance Limited
Pennwin Pty Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd
Renga Pty Ltd

2012

2011

Australia
Australia
United Kingdom

A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
A Australia
USA
United Kingdom

A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Cayman Islands
Australia
A Australia
Bahamas
A Australia

A
A
A
A

A

A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A

A

A
A
A
A

A
A

A

2012
%

2011
%

Parent Entity

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

(1)  The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

A  These controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 – the “Closed Group” 

(refer note 33).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

121

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

33.  Deed of Cross Guarantee
Certain controlled entities of Crown Limited, as detailed in note 32, are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which 
each company guarantees the debts of the others.

By entering into the deed, pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted 
relief from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.

The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” are 
detailed below.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Consolidated income statement

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Net profit/(loss) after income tax

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the beginning of the financial year

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) of entities entering Closed Group

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the end of the financial year

Closed Group

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

622,722

1,205,637

(89,961)

(45,514)

532,761

1,160,123

(222,182)

(2,286,505)

(182,201)

1,182,822

(272,741)

(278,622)

(144,363)

(222,182)

122

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

33.  Deed of Cross Guarantee continued

Consolidated balance sheet

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Receivables

Other financial assets

Investments

Investment in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Licences

Other intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Income tax payable

Provisions

Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Other financial liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Closed Group

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

159,027

176,908

11,613

16,225

337

167,574

122,562

17,834

18,798

–

364,110

326,768

1,080,508

1,259,496

2,511,130

2,390,577

357,327

–

1,088,744

851,721

2,790,405

2,501,567

656,983

162,714

101,734

62,840

555,426

169,165

95,824

62,901

8,812,385

7,886,677

9,176,495

8,213,445

292,679

221,204

29,077

83,695

99,213

22,221

19,752

38,997

100,154

2,276

526,885

382,383

138

–

3,384,382

2,657,007

205,481

138,864

38,183

8,661

27,699

74,225

3,636,845

2,897,795

4,163,730

3,280,178

5,012,765

4,933,267

4,809,818

5,447,104

(480)

–

347,790

(291,655)

(144,363)

(222,182)

5,012,765

4,933,267

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

123

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

34.  Parent Entity Disclosures

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Results of the parent entity

Profit after tax for the period

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income for the period

Financial position of the parent entity

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:

Issued capital

Employee equity benefits reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Contingent liabilities

Crown Limited

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

419,503

280,287

–

–

419,503

280,287

3

1

9,787,154

9,482,802

9,787,157

9,482,803

83,192

39,073

2,764,065

2,451,880

2,847,257

2,490,953

9,927,204

10,125,916

13,010

13,010

(3,000,314)

(3,147,076)

6,939,900

6,991,850

There are no contingent liabilities for the parent entity at 30 June 2012 (2011: $nil).

Capital expenditure

The parent entity does not have any capital expenditure commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2012 (2011: $nil).

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect 
of its subsidiaries. Further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are set out in notes 
32 and 33.

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s principle financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans and capital market debt, investments, 
cash and short term deposits and derivatives.

The Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), credit risk 
and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency and markets 
as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the Group is 
satisfied that there are no material concentrations of risk.

The Group has policies in place to manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the level 
of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange rates. 
Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is 
monitored through the employment of rolling cash flow forecasts.

124

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
Financial risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group identifies, evaluates 
and hedges financial risks in accordance with approved polices. The Board are informed on a regular basis of risk 
management activities.

(a)  Market Risk

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash flow

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and long term debt 
obligations as outlined in note 17.

At balance date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are 
not designated as cash flow hedges.

Financial assets

AUD cash at bank

AUD deposits at call

GBP cash at bank

USD cash at bank

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

AUD Bank loans

HKD Bank Loans

GBP Bank Loans

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

2012
$’000

15,460

17,808

(9,555)

15

2011
$’000

42,402

17,780

10,980

17

23,728

71,179

865,000

349,756

29,077

15,354

–

58,401

909,431

408,157

(885,703)

(336,978)

As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings of $909.4 million (2011: $408.2 million) that were not 
hedged by interest rate swaps. The associated interest rate risk is partially mitigated by total financial assets of $23.7 million 
(2011: $71.2 million). Under the bank loans outstanding, for AUD facilities, the Group pays the Bank Bill Swap rate (BBSW) 
plus a margin of between 100 and 190 basis points, for GBP facilities, the Group pays LIBOR plus a margin of 155 basis 
points and for HKD facilities, the Group pays HIBOR plus a margin of 62.5 basis points.

Of the AUD cash on hand and at bank $15.5 million is interest bearing and is invested at approximately BBSW. Deposits 
at call of $17.8 million are invested at approximately BBSW. The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents on hand 
of $125.6 million for operational purposes and is non-interest bearing (2011: $112.5 million).

As at balance date, the Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in USD (2011: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash 
equivalents (2011: minimal).

As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings of $15.4 million in GBP (2011: $58.4 million) and had cash 
and cash equivalents of negative $9.6 million (2011: $11.0 million) with positive balances invested at the UK daily cash rate 
and overdrafts charged at UK base rate plus a margin of 150 basis points.

As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings in HKD of $29.1m (2011: $nil) and had minimal interest 
earning cash and cash equivalents (2011: minimal).

Group Sensitivity

If there was an increase of 75 basis points in AUD interest rates, an increase of 100 basis points in GBP and USD interest 
rates, and an increase of 50 basis points in HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have decreased 
by $6.6 million (2011: an increase of 150 basis points in AUD, GBP and USD interest rates would have decreased the Group’s 
post-tax-profit by $3.6 million).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

125

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash flow continued

Group Sensitivity continued

If there was a decrease of 50 basis points in AUD and GBP interest rates, and a decrease of 25 basis points in USD and 
HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have increased by $4.4 million (2011: a decrease of 
150 basis points in AUD interest rates, a decrease of 25 basis points in USD interest rates and a decrease of 50 basis points 
in GBP interest rates would have increased the Group’s post-tax-profit by $3.2 million).

The Group, where appropriate, uses interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long 
term floating rate borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long 
term foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:

Cash flow hedge

Maturity under 1 year

Maturity 1–5 years

Maturity over 5 years

Closing Balance

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

300,000

115,155

174,634

589,789

–

300,000

174,634

474,634

Under the interest swap contracts maturing June 2013, the Group has the right to receive floating rate (i.e. BBSW) quarterly 
and pay fixed rate of 6.99% quarterly. The terms of the swap contracts are matched directly against the appropriate loan 
and interest expense and as such are highly effective. The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $11.2 million 
(2011: negative $11.0 million).

Under the interest rate swap contracts (maturing December 2015 and December 2016), the Group has the right to receive 
LIBOR and pay GBP interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% and 1.19%, respectively (2011: n/a). The terms of the swap contracts 
are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such are highly effective. The fair value of 
the swap at balance date was negative $0.1m (2011: n/a).

Under the cross currency swap contract (maturing July 2036), the Group has the right to receive USD interest at a fixed rate 
of 4.76% (2011: 4.76%) semi-annually and pay AUD interest at fixed rate of 7.05% (2011: 7.05%) quarterly. The term of the 
cross currency swap contract are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such is highly 
effective. The fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $8.5 million (2011: negative $63.3 million).

(ii)  Interest rate risk – fair value

Where appropriate, the Group enters into fixed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fixed 
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of financial instruments will fluctuate because of market movements in interest rates. 
The level of fixed rate debt at balance date was $785.2 million (2011: $661.3 million).

As at balance date the Group had no interest rate swaps in place to hedge fixed rate debt issuances.

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk

The Group has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than the 
Group’s functional currency.

Treasury, on behalf of the operating units, uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on any 
significant receivables or payables as is deemed appropriate.

126

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk continued

All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the firm commitment and the Group negotiates the terms 
of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge effectiveness. As at balance date, the Group 
had hedged the majority of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are firm commitments.

As at balance date, the Group had the following material foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as 
cash flow hedges:

USD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

US Private Placement

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

GBP Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Loans to associates

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

GBP Loan Facilities

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

HKD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

HKD Debt Facilities

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

SGD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Net exposure

2012
$’000

1,442

1,442

2011
$’000

353

353

195,446

195,446

186,672

186,672

(194,004)

(186,319)

2012
$’000

2,780

81,222

84,002

110,241

110,241

2011
$’000

29

49,237

49,266

58,401

58,401

(26,239)

(9,135)

2012
$’000

5,811

29,072

34,883

2,440

29,077

31,517

3,366

2012
$’000

3,023

3,023

3,023

2011
$’000

6,115

–

6,115

–

–

–

6,115

2011
$’000

38

38

38

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

127

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk continued

Group sensitivity – USD

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD 
strengthened or weakened by 10c against the USD would be $17.4 million higher or $21.2 million lower (2011: $15.9 million 
higher or $19.2 million lower).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 10c against the USD 
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

Group sensitivity – GBP

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD 
strengthened or weakened by 5c against the GBP would be $2.1 million higher or $2.4 million lower (2011: not material).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 5c against the GBP 
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

Group sensitivity – HKD

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD 
strengthened or weakened by 50c against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 50c against the HKD 
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

Group sensitivity – SGD

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity if the AUD 
strengthened or weakened by 10c against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss if the AUD strengthened or weakened by 10c against the SGD 
would not be material as at balance date (2011: not material).

Foreign Exchange Contracts

The Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from the 
Group’s operations and its sources of finance.

Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. These derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.

Cash flow hedges

At balance date details of outstanding contracts denominated in AUD was:

Buy USD/Sell AUD

Maturity under 1 year

Maturity 1–5 years

Buy AUD/Sell USD

Maturity under 1 year

Maturity 1-5 years

Notional Amounts

Average Rate

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

14,881

20,128

1.0169

0.9290

–

–

–

–

–

91,754

–

–

–

–

–

0.6992

The change in fair value of cash flow hedges as at balance date was not material (2011: positive $21.8 million).

The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against known 
and committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.

128

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(b)  Price Risk

(i)  Equity Securities Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Group 
and classified on the balance sheet as investments.

Shares – listed

Shares – unlisted

Net exposure

Group sensitivity

2012
$’000

353,362

100,976

454,338

2011
$’000

–

98,658

98,658

The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the listed investments has been estimated by reference to published 
price quotations in an active market. The sensitivity to movement in fair value of the listed investments on the after-tax profit 
and loss of the Group as a result of a 10% movement in the share price of the listed shares would be $24.7 million (2011: n/a).

The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the unlisted investments has been estimated using valuation 
techniques based on the fair value of securities held. The sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profit and loss 
as a result of movement in value of the securities was not material as at balance date (2011: not material).

(ii)  Commodity Price Risk

Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.

(iii)  Total Return Swaps Price Risk

During the 2011 financial year, the Group entered into a series of cash settled total return swap contracts. The Group entered 
into these contracts for the purpose of gaining exposure to Tabcorp (pre de-merger). In June 2011, Tabcorp de-merged its 
casino businesses to Echo Entertainment Group. Following the de-merger, the cash settled total return swap contracts were 
replaced by separate Tabcorp swaps and Echo swaps.

During 2012, the Echo swaps were settled and the Group acquired equity derivatives to be settled in Echo shares and 
subsequently converted those equity derivatives into physical shares in Echo. A portion of the Tabcorp swaps were cash 
settled during the period. The remaining Tabcorp swaps were marked-to-market at balance date as these swaps did not 
qualify for hedge accounting. As such, all unrealised gains and losses related to those swaps were recorded directly to 
the Income Statement and are classified as other income/(expense). The remaining Tabcorp swaps were cash settled 
subsequent to balance date.

Total return swap derivative asset

Total return swap derivative liability

Net fair value

Group sensitivity

2012
$’000

–

(11,036)

(11,036)

2011
$’000

7,775

–

7,775

The sensitivity to movement in fair value of the total return swaps on the after-tax profit and loss of the Group as a result of 
a 10% movement in Tabcorp’s share price would be $3.2 million.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

129

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(c)  Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other 
receivables and derivative instruments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the 
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance date 
is outlined under each applicable note.

The Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure.

All investment and financial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and is in 
accordance with approved policies. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and the aggregate 
value of transactions is spread amongst a number of financial institutions to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.

Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:

(i)  The provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.

(ii)  Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.

(iii)  The provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed to 

minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency which collates 
information from major casinos around the world.

130

 
 
 
 
35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued

(d)  Liquidity Risk

It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash reserves, 
committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its financial commitments in a timely manner.

At balance date 1.7% or $29 million of the Group’s debt will mature in less than 12 months (2011: 1.8%).

As at balance date the Group had $506 million in undrawn committed bank lines.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities

The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows of financial assets and financial liabilities, net and 
gross settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at balance date 
to the contractual maturity date.

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1 year or less

1 to 5 years

more than 5 years

Total

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

149,353

183,699

Receivables – trade

201,525

123,330

Receivables – associates

Total return swap contracts

209

–

426

7,775

Forward exchange 
contracts receivable

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps receivable

14,789

17,453

–

10,154

92,713

–

–

–

11,078

71,575

–

91,754

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

149,353

183,699

211,679

134,408

48,824

92,922

120,825

–

–

–

7,775

14,789

109,207

Total financial assets

371,934

338,470

127,100

197,555

115,109

164,564

614,143

700,589

6,058

5,787

24,233

23,148

115,109

115,740

145,400

144,675

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

325,731

237,889

138

Capital markets

Bank loans

–

–

14,658

29,077

19,752 1,295,509

688,401

Total return swap contracts

11,036

–

Forward exchange 
contracts payable

14,881

Interest rate swaps payable

10,809

20,128

5,882

–

–

1,630

–

59,875

5,883

–

–

–

–

325,869

237,889

355,422

361,306

370,080

361,306

–

–

–

–

– 1,324,586

708,153

–

–

–

11,036

–

14,881

12,439

80,003

11,765

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps payable

12,312

12,312

49,248

49,248

233,928

246,240

295,488

307,800

Total financial liabilities

403,846

295,963 1,361,183

803,407

589,350

607,546 2,354,379 1,706,916

Net maturity

(31,912)

42,507 (1,234,083)

(605,852)

(474,241)

(442,982) (1,740,236) (1,006,327)

(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date.

The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:

Level One  –  the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets;

Level Two  –  the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level One that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

Level Three –  the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

131

 
 
 
 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the Year ended 30 June 2012

35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued

The fair value of the financial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised in the 
table below.

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

–

337

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Year ended 30 June 2012

Financial Assets

Derivative Instruments

Investments

Shares – listed (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

Financial Liabilities

Derivative Instruments

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Payables on total return swaps

Year ended 30 June 2011

Financial Assets

Derivative Instruments

Receivable on total return swaps

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

Investments

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

Financial Liabilities

Derivative Instruments

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Payables on forward exchange contracts

Valuation Technique

Quoted 
market price

Observable 
inputs

Non market 
observable

Level One
$’000

Level Two
$’000

Level Three
$’000

Total
$’000

353,362

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37,305

63,671

337

353,362

37,305

63,671

353,362

337

100,976

454,675

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11,331

8,515

11,036

30,882

7,775

24,051

–

–

31,826

10,970

63,255

2,276

76,501

–

–

–

–

–

–

37,633

61,025

98,658

–

–

–

–

11,331

8,515

11,036

30,882

7,775

24,051

37,633

61,025

130,484

10,970

63,255

2,276

76,501

There have been no transfers during the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

132

 
 
 
 
35.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Reconciliation of Level Three fair value movements:

Opening balance

Other Comprehensive Income

Closing Balance

2012
$’000

2011
$’000

98,658

106,634

2,318

100,976

(7,976)

98,658

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

133

 
 
 
 
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Shareholder Information

Substantial shareholders as at 14 September 2012:
The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown.

Shareholder

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited

Perpetual Limited

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares

% of Issued 
Capital

350,311,967

48.09%

62,245,378

8.55%

Holders of each class of securities
Crown only has ordinary shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 728,394,185 held by 48,349 
shareholders.

Voting rights of ordinary shares
Crown’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached to shares. In summary, at a general 
meeting on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; and on a poll, every member present has:

(a)  one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and

(b)  a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote, 
equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share bears to the total amount paid and payable on the share.

Distribution of shareholders as at 14 September 2012:

Size of Holdings

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001+

Total

Holding less than a marketable parcel

Number of 
Shareholders

% of Issued 
Capital

31,472

14,975

1,270

550

82

48,349

2,833

1.74

4.30

1.20

1.59

91.17

100.00

134

 
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

The 20 largest shareholders as at 14 September 2012:

Name

Number of 
Shares

% of Issued 
Capital

BAREAGE PTY LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED PRESS HOLDINGS LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

J.P. MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

158,486,104

153,863,935

85,941,969

55,196,554

54,758,113

RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

25,612,703

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

CAVALANE HOLDINGS PTY LTD

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

J.P. MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

SAMENIC LIMITED

12. CAIRNTON HOLDINGS LIMITED

13. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

14. AMP LIFE LIMITED

15. RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

16. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

17.

ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED

18. CONSOLIDATED PRESS INVESTMENTS PTY LTD

19. BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

20. UBS WEALTH MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LTD

17,255,631

15,250,723

13,827,073

12,037,019

10,188,370

8,932,000

8,712,095

3,964,242

3,799,751

3,231,027

2,084,184

2,069,387

2,019,116

1,975,879

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

21.76

21.12

11.80

7.58

7.52

3.52

2.37

2.09

1.90

1.65

1.40

1.23

1.20

0.54

0.52

0.44

0.29

0.28

0.28

0.27

Total

Others

639,205,875

89,188,310

87.76

12.24

Details of equity securities
Crown has 728,394,185 shares currently on issue, all of which are quoted.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

135

 
FIN AN CI AL REPORT 2012 CO NTINUED

Additional Information

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Shareholder enquiries
Shareholders may access their details by visiting the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com. For security reasons, 
shareholders need to enter their Security holder Reference Number (SRN) or Holding Identification Number (HIN) and postcode 
to access personal information. Security holding information may be updated online. Alternatively, download the relevant 
forms and have the completed forms mailed to the Share Registry. Shareholders with queries about their shareholdings 
should contact the Share Registry, Computershare Investor Services, on telephone number 1300 659 795, or if calling 
from outside Australia (61 3) 9415 4000 or by fax (61 3) 9473 2500.

Electronic shareholder communications
Receiving shareholder communications electronically, instead of by post enables you to:

(cid:129)  Receive important shareholder and company information faster

(cid:129)  Reduce your impact on the environment

(cid:129)  Securely store important shareholder documents online, reducing clutter in your home or office

(cid:129)  Access all documents conveniently 24/7

Shareholders who wish to receive email alerts informing them of Annual Report, Notice of Meeting, Issuer Holding Statements, 
Payment Advices and other company related information on Crown’s website, www.crownlimited.com may either contact 
the Share Registry or lodge such instructions online at the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com.

Change of address
Issuer sponsored shareholders should notify the Share Registry immediately in writing or by telephone upon any change in 
their address quoting their SRN. Changes in addresses for broker sponsored holders should be directed to the sponsoring 
brokers with the appropriate HIN.

Direct payment to shareholders’ accounts
Dividends may be paid directly to any bank, building society or credit union account in Australia. Payments are electronically 
credited on the dividend date with advisory confirmation containing payment details mailed to shareholders. Shareholders 
who wish to have their dividends paid directly to their account may advise the Share Registry in writing or may update their 
payment instructions online on www.investorcentre.com prior to the dividend record date.

Tax File Numbers
Crown is obliged to deduct tax at the top marginal rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked or partially franked dividends 
paid to Australian resident shareholders who have not supplied their Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption details. If you wish 
to provide your TFN or exemption details, please contact the Share Registry.

Consolidation of multiple holdings
If you have multiple holdings which you wish to consolidate, please advise the Share Registry in writing. If your holdings 
are broker sponsored, please contact the sponsoring broker directly.

Crown website
Crown has a dedicated corporate website, www.crownlimited.com which includes Crown’s Annual Report, disclosures made 
to the ASX and Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.

Investment Warning
All information provided in the Annual Report is provided as of the date stated or otherwise as at the date of the Report. 
The Annual Report has not taken into account any particular investor’s investment objectives or other circumstances.

Investors are encouraged to make an independent assessment of Crown or seek independent professional advice.

136

 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Corporate Information

Directors
(cid:129)  James D Packer Executive Chairman
(cid:129)  John H Alexander BA Executive Deputy Chairman
(cid:129)  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons) Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
(cid:129)  Benjamin Brazil BCom, LLB
(cid:129)  The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB
(cid:129)  Christopher D Corrigan
(cid:129)  Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE
(cid:129)  Geoffrey J Dixon
(cid:129)  John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP
(cid:129)  Ashok Jacob BSc, MBA
(cid:129)  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
(cid:129)  Harold C Mitchell AC

Company Secretaries
(cid:129)  Michael J Neilson BA, LLB
(cid:129)  Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD

Crown’s registered office and principal corporate office
Level 3
Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank VIC 3006
Australia
Phone: 

(61 3) 9292 8824

Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Phone:  1300 659 795 (within Australia)

(61 3) 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
(61 3) 9473 2500

Fax: 
Website: www.computershare.com.au

Stock Exchange Listing
Crown’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWN”. Crown’s Subordinated Notes 
are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange under the code “CWNHA”. The home exchange is Melbourne.

Website
Visit our website www.crownlimited.com for media releases and financial information

Auditor
Ernst & Young

Banker
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Crown Limited Annual Report 2012  |  Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

137

 
 
crownlimited.com